Cut Sheet

ManualsBrandsEaton ManualsControl & AutomationContactor 3p Fvnr 65a Frame D 220/50 240/60 Coil

Electrical Sector Solutions

Volume 5:

Motor Control

and

Protection

Summary of content (778 pages)

PAGE 1
Electrical Sector Solutions Volume 5: Motor Control and Protection
PAGE 2
Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial Volume 2—Commercial Distribution Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies Volume 4—Circuit Protection Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection Tab 1—IEC Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-1 Tab 2—NEMA Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-1 Tab 3—NEMA Manual Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-1 Tab 4—Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . .
PAGE 3
Copyright Dimensions, Weights and Ratings Dimensions, weights and ratings given in this catalog are approximate and should not be used for construction purposes. Drawings containing exact dimensions are available upon request. All listed product specifications and ratings are subject to change without notice. Photographs are representative of production units. Terms and Conditions All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice.
PAGE 4
Introduction Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality, control and automation, and monitoring products. At Eaton, we believe a reliable, efficient and safe power system is the foundation of every successful enterprise. Through innovative technologies, cutting-edge products and our highly skilled services team, we empower businesses around the world to achieve a powerful advantage.
PAGE 5
Introduction Icons Green Leaf Eaton Green Solutions are products, systems or solutions that represent Eaton benchmarks for environmental performance. The green leaf symbol is our promise that the solution has been reviewed and documented as offering exceptional, industry-leading environmental benefits to customers, consumers and our communities.
PAGE 6
IEC Contactors and Starters IEC Contactors and Starters 1.1 XT IEC Power Control Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . .
PAGE 7
1.1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Contents XT IEC Power Control Description 1 Page Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 8
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Contents Relays and Timers Description Relays and Timers Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page V5-T1-4 V5-T1-5 V5-T1-6 V5-T1-12 V5-T1-16 Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 9
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Catalog Number Selection XT—Relays XT RE C 10 B 22 AD 1 1 Product Line Prefix XT = XT IEC power control 1 Product Family Code RM = Mini IEC control relay RE = IEC control relay 1 Terminations Blank = Screw terminals C = Spring cage terminals 1 XT—Timers 1 1 1 Frame XTRM A = 45 mm—mini XTRE B = 45 mm—standard Coil Code See table on Page V5-T1-5.
PAGE 10
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Product Selection 1 When Ordering ● Orders must be placed in multiples of the package quantity listed ● DC operated control relays have a built-in suppressor circuit ● Contact terminal numbers to EN50011 ● Coil terminal numbers to EN50005 1 XTRM10A_ 1 1 1 Mini Control Relays Rated Operational Current AC-15 Ie (A) Conventional Thermal Current Ith (A) Contact Configuration 220–240V 380–415V 500V 10 4NO 6 3 1.
PAGE 11
1.1 1 Accessories 1 Auxiliary Contacts 1 XTMCXF_ IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Front-Mount Auxiliary Contacts for Use with XTRM Mini Control Relays Rated Operational Current AC-15 Ie (A) 1 1 Conventional Thermal Current, I th Open (A) 220V 230V 240V 380V 400V 415V 500V Contact Configuration 10 4 2 1.5 2NC 1 Contact Sequence 51 61 Pkg. Qty.
PAGE 12
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Front-Mount Auxiliary Contacts for Use with XTRE Control Relays 1 1 Rated Operational Current AC-15 Ie (A) Two-Pole Conventional Thermal Current, Ith (A), Open at 60°C 16 Poles 220V 230V 240V 380V 400V 415V 500V Contact Configuration 2 6 3 1.5 2NO Circuit Symbol 53 63 Pkg. Qty. 2 Screw Terminal Catalog Number 5 XTCEXFAC20 5 XTCEXFAC11 3 2 6 3 1.
PAGE 13
1.1 1 1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Suppressors For AC operated contactors 50–60 Hz. On DC operated contactor relays and on XTRE10B, the suppressor circuit is built-in. Note dropout delay. Varistor Suppressor 12 Varistor Suppressor for XTRE XTCEXVSB_ 1 Contact Sequence 24–48 XTRE(C)10B A1 130–240 1 1 For Use with… Pkg. Qty. 3 Catalog Number 10 XTCEXVSBW 10 XTCEXVSBA 10 XTCEXVSBB 10 XTCEXVSBC Circuit Symbol Pkg. Qty.
PAGE 14
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 RC Suppressor 12 XTMCXRS_ For Use with… Circuit Symbol Pkg. Qty. 4 Catalog Number 24–48 XTRM6A_, XTRM9A_ A1 10 XTMCXRSW 48–130 XTRM6A_, XTRM9A_ A2 10 XTMCXRSA 110–250 XTRM6A_, XTRM9A_ 10 XTMCXRSB Voltage XTRM Relay with Installed Suppressor 1 RC Suppressor for XTRM 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 Free-Wheel Diode Suppressor In addition to the built-in suppressor circuit for DC actuated contactors.
PAGE 15
1.1 1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Electronic Timer Modules Front- (top-) mounted timer modules for use with XTRE10B control relays. Can not be combined with top-mount auxiliary contacts, XTCEXF_. XTCEXT_ Electronic Timer Modules for XTRE 1 Voltage 1 24 Vac/Vdc 1 200–240 Vac Contact Sequence Timing Range For Use with… Pkg. Qty. 1 Catalog Number XTRE10B_ 1 XTCEXTEEC11T On-Delay A1 57 65 100–130 Vac 1 0.05–1s 0.
PAGE 16
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Mini Electronic Timers XTMT6A_ 1 Mini Electronic On-Delay Timers Rated Operational Current Ie AC-11 Amps Conventional Thermal Current Ie (A) 220/230/240V 380/400/440V Time Range Function 6 3 3 1.5–30 sec Fixed, on-delay 6 3 6 0.05–1 sec 0.15–3 sec 0.5–10 sec 3–60 sec 0.15–3 min 0.5–10 min 3–60 min 0.15–3h 0.5–10h 3–60h Fixed, on-delay 0.05–1 sec 0.15–3 sec 0.5–10 sec 3–60 sec 0.15–3 min 0.5–10 min 3–60 min 0.15–3h 0.
PAGE 17
1.
PAGE 18
1.
PAGE 19
1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Relays and Timers, continued Description XTRE XTCEXFAC_ XTCEXTE_ XTRM XTMCXFA_ Single-voltage coil 50 Hz and dual-voltage coil 50 Hz, 60 Hz (pickup x Uc) 0.8–1.1 — 0.85–11 0.8–1.1 — Dual-frequency coil 50/60 Hz (pickup x Uc) 0.8–1.1 — — 0.85–1.1 — Magnet Systems Pickup and dropout values AC operated DC operated 1 Pickup voltage (pickup x Uc) 0.8–1.1 — 0.7–1.2 0.85–1.
PAGE 20
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Control Relays—Characteristic Curves 1 XTRE (AC-15) XTRE (DC-13) 1 Component lifespan (operations) Ie = Rated operational current Component lifespan (operations) Ie = Rated operational current 1 1 106 106 20 20 10 10 5 5 1 2 2 1 1 1 0.5 0.5 1 1 1 DC-13 AC-15 0.2 L = 50 ms R 240 V 0.1 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 0.1 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 5 10 A Ie 2 1 24 V 0.2 1 0.
PAGE 21
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Flow Diagrams—Electronic Timers, XTMT Mini Timers Approximate Dimensions in mm [in.] On-Delay 1 Dimensions Mini Contactor Relays A1-A2 15-18 t Mini Control Relay XTRM LED 5.5 [.22] 1 1 1 ON-OFF Function OFF A1-A2 15-18 ON OFF t LED 1 Flashing, Pulse Initiating 1 t 58 [2.28] t t 45 [1.77] t Pulse Generating A1-A2 0.5 s t 62.5 [2.46] 15-18 LED 45 [1.
PAGE 22
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in.] 1 Control Relays 1 Control Relay XTRE with XTCEXFA Auxiliary Contact Control Relay XTRE with XTCEXMLB Mechanical Interlock 68 45 18 [2.68] [1.77] [.71] 68 45 [2.68] [1.77] 18 [.71] 1 1 6.5 [.26] 75 [2.95] 45 [1.77] 1 6.5 [.26] 75 [2.95] 90 [3.54] 117 [4.
PAGE 23
1.1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Contents XTMC Miniature Contactor Description Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miniature Controls Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions .
PAGE 24
1.
PAGE 25
1.
PAGE 26
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.
PAGE 27
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Miniature Contactors XTMC_ 1 Maximum Current UL Ratings—Single-Phase and Three-Phase 1 Horsepower Ratings 115V 200V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Maximum Changeover Time (sec.
PAGE 28
1.
PAGE 29
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Accessories 1 Auxiliary Contacts Front-mounted snap-on auxiliary contacts for mini contactors are available with screw terminals in a variety of contact configurations. Auxiliary contact modules are standard with interlocked opposing contacts, except in the case of early-make or late-break contacts.
PAGE 30
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Suppressors XTMCXR_ 1 RC Suppressor 1 Voltage XTMC Relay with Installed Suppressor For Use with… 24–48 XTMC6A_, XTMC9A_ 48–130 XTMC6A_, XTMC9A_ 110–250 XTMC6A_, XTMC9A_ 1 Circuit Symbol Pkg. Qty. 2 Catalog Number A1 10 XTMCXRSW 10 XTMCXRSA 10 XTMCXRSB A2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 XTMCX_ Voltage XTMC Relay with Installed Suppressor 1 Varistor Suppressor 3 For Use with… Circuit Symbol Pkg. Qty.
PAGE 31
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Additional Accessories 1 XTMCXRL 1 Reversing Link Kit 12 Description Pkg. Qty. 3 Catalog Number Main current wiring for reversing contactors and starters 1 XTMCXRL Pkg. Qty. 3 Catalog Number 1 XTMCXSDL Pkg. Qty. 3 Catalog Number 50 XTMCXCN 6 Description Pkg. Qty.
PAGE 32
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Technical Data and Specifications 1 XT Miniature Controls—General XTMC6A_ Description XTMC9A_ 1 XTMF9A_ 1 AC Coils DC Coils AC Coils DC Coils AC Coils DC Coils Standards IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, CSA, UL, CCC IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, CSA, UL, CCC IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, CSA, UL, CCC IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, CSA, UL, CCC IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, CSA, UL, CCC IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, CSA, UL, CCC Weights in kg [lb] 0.2 [0.44] 0.17 [0.
PAGE 33
1.
PAGE 34
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XT Miniature Controls—Magnet Systems XTMC6A_ Description XTMC9A_ 1 XTMF9A_ AC Coils DC Coils AC Coils DC Coils AC Coils DC Coils Single-voltage coil 50 Hz and dual-voltage coil 50 Hz, 60 Hz 0.8–1.1 — 0.8–1.1 — 0.8–1.1 — Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz 0.85–1.1 — 0.85–1.1 — 0.85–1.1 — — 0.8–1.1 — 0.8–1.1 — 0.85–1.
PAGE 35
1.
PAGE 36
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XT Miniature Controls, continued 1 XTMC6A_ AC Coils DC Coils XTMC9A_ AC Coils DC Coils XTMF9A_ AC Coils DC Coils 1 12V 6 6 8 8 — — 24V 6 6 8 8 — — 1 60V 3 3 4 4 — — 110V 2 2 3 3 — — 220V — — — — 1.0 1.0 1 12V 1.8 1.8 2.5 2.5 — — 1 24V 1.8 1.8 2.5 2.5 — — 60V 1.8 1.8 2.5 2.5 — — 110V 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 220V 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.3 1.0 1.0 1 at Ith 2.0 3.5 2.0 3.5 2.7 4.
PAGE 37
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Wiring Diagrams 1 XTMR Reversing Contactor Control Circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 2h 100 60 40 21 0 II 22 1 3 5 22 21 22 K1M 21 53 13 5 K2M 2 4 6 54 I 53 54 54 54 K1M K2M 53 53 22 K1M 22 K2M 21 21 A1 K2M A1 K1M A2 A2 2 4 6 M1 XTOM 20 10 6 4 2 UV W 1 40 M 3 3-Phase 20 XT Mini Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Contactor Power Circuit 1 10 6 4 2-Phase 2 1 0.
PAGE 38
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Electrical Switching Operation Charts 1 Operating characteristics Jogging, plugging, reversing Electrical characteristics Make (NO): Up to 6x rated motor current Breaking (NC): 1x rated motor current Electrical characteristics Make (NO): 6x rated motor current Breaking (NC): 6x rated motor current Normal Switching Duty—AC-3/400V Extreme Switching Duty—AC-4/400V AC-3/400V 30 22 18.5 15 11 7.5 5.5 4 3 2.
PAGE 39
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in mm [in.] 1 1 Non-Reversing Mini Contactor with Overload Relay Non-Reversing Mini Contactor D 58 [2.28] 50 [1.97] 1 1 45 [1.77] 1 1 1 1 106 49 [4.17] [1.93] 35 [1.38] 1 1 5.5 [.22] M4 D1 XTMC 32 [1.26] 45 [1.77] XTMCC D 52 [2.05] 54 [2.13] D1 83 [3.27] 86 [3.39] Star-Delta Starter Combinations 61 [2.40] 62.5 [2.46] 1 45 [1.77] 1 1 1 180 [7.09] 83 [3.27] 43 [1.69] 108 [4.25] 58 [2.
PAGE 40
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Contents XT Family of Contactors Description Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors and Starters Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 41
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Product Identification 1 XTCE007B to XTCE170G (7 to 170A) Contactors 1 1 1 4 4 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 1 3 4 4 3 4 1 2 3 1 1 1 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Notes 1 Contactor up to 170A AC-3 (see Page V5-T1-39) AC: 12–600V, 50, 60, 50/60 Hz 0.8–1.1 x Uc) DC: 12–250V XTCE…B_ (7–15A): 0.8–1.1 x Uc XTCE…C_–XTCE…G_(18–150A): 0.7–1.2 x Uc 24V: 0.7–1.
PAGE 42
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 XTCE185–XTCE20 Contactors 1 1 1 1 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 1 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 1 5 1 1 6 1 Notes 1 XTCE Contactors for 185–2000A (see Page V5-T1-46) Multi-voltage coils: 24–48 Vdc 48–110 Vac/Vdc 110–250 Vac/Vdc 250–500 Vac 0.7–1.
PAGE 43
1.
PAGE 44
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.
PAGE 45
1.
PAGE 46
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Frame F 1.
PAGE 47
1.
PAGE 48
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Frame M 1.
PAGE 49
1.
PAGE 50
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Contactor Application Data 12 Catalog Prefix Electrical Life (Operations) for 10 hp, 480V (14.2A) Applications XTCE012B 1 million XTCE015B 1.2 million XTCE018C 2 million 1.
PAGE 51
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Switching of DC Currents 1 Description Single-Pole Two-Pole XTCF020B–XTCF200G >60 Vdc 1 1 Controlling XTCS and XTCE Contactors Frames L–R (185–2000A) 1 Description XTCS250L–XTCS500M, XTCE_H XTCEC16R, XTCEC20R XTCE250L–XTCEC14P 1 Conventional A1/A2 are applied to voltage in the usual manner. (+) L1 (–) N (+) L1 (–) N (+) L1 (–) N 1 1 1 1 Direct from the PLC A 24V output from the PLC can be connected directly to connections A3/A4.
PAGE 52
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.
PAGE 53
1.
PAGE 54
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.
PAGE 55
1.
PAGE 56
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Frame D 1.
PAGE 57
1.
PAGE 58
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Starter Application Data 1 Catalog Prefix AC-3 Electrical Life (Operations) XTAE012B 12A 1 million XTAE015B 15A 1.
PAGE 59
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Bimetallic Overload Relay Suffix 1 Motor Full Load Amperes 1 Frame B Suffix Code For Use with Contactor Ampere Range Overload Relay Catalog Number Suffix Code For Use with Contactor Ampere Range Overload Relay Catalog Number 0.1–0.16 P16 7–15A XTOBP16BC1 1 0.16–0.24 P24 7–15A XTOBP24BC1 6–10 010 40–72A XTOB010DC1 10–16 016 40–72A 0.24–0.4 P40 7–15A XTOB016DC1 XTOBP40BC1 16–24 024 40–72A 1 0.4–0.
PAGE 60
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Starters 1 Frame B—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 230V 460V 575V Max.
PAGE 61
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Frame C—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings 1 Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 230V 460V 575V Max.
PAGE 62
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Frame D—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings 1 Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 230V 460V 575V Max.
PAGE 63
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Frame F—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings 1 Three-Phase hp Ratings 1 200V 230V 460V 575V Max.
PAGE 64
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Frame G—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 230V 460V 575V Max.
PAGE 65
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Frame L—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings 1 Three-Phase hp Ratings 200V 230V 460V 575V Max.
PAGE 66
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Frame N—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings are not applicable. 1 Frame N—Maximum IEC Ratings AC-3 I e (A) Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz 220/230V 380/400V 415V 500V 660/690V 1000 300 560 610 710 900 1120 350 630 680 750 950 1 1000V Max.
PAGE 67
1.
PAGE 68
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XTCC0_ 1.1 XTCC Contactors for Three-Phase Capacitors 1 Three-Phase Capacitors, 50–60 Hz Open kVAR Ratings 1 230V 400V 525V 690V 11 20 25 33.3 15 25 33.3 40 1 Catalog Number 2 Contact Sequence 1 XTCC020C11_ A1 1 3 5 13 21 A2 2 4 6 14 22 XTCC025C11_ 1 1 20 33.
PAGE 69
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Engineering Notes for XTCC and XTCE Contactors for Power Factor Correction 1 Individual Compensation, Open Version 1 Group Compensation, with Reactor, Open Version Catalog Number Switching Duty in kVAR 400V, 420V, 440V 525V 690V Catalog Number Switching Duty in kVAR 230V 230V 400V, 420V, 440V 525V XTCE007B 1.5 3 3.5 5 XTCE007B 4 7 7.5 12 1 XTCE009B 2 4 4.5 6 XTCE009B 5 8 10 14 1 XTCE012B 2.5 4.5 5.
PAGE 70
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Accessories 1 Auxiliary Contacts Front-mounted snap-on auxiliary contacts for XT contactors are available with screw or spring cage terminals in a variety of contact configurations.
PAGE 71
1.1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Auxiliary Contact Combinations 1 XTMC6A_–XTMC9A_ 1 XTMCXF...A_ Two-Pole or Four-Pole 1 1 1 XTCE007B_– XTCE032C_ 1 XTCEXF...C_ Two-Pole or Four-Pole or 1 1 XTCEXSCR11 1 + 1 1 XTCEXF...G_ Four-Pole + or + + XTCE080F_–XTCE150G_ + XTCE185H_–XTCEC20R_ + + Frames L–R V5-T1-66 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—November 2015 www.eaton.com + + XTCEXSCN11 XTCEXSCN11 + Frames F–G 1 1 XTCEXF...
PAGE 72
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Auxiliary Contacts XTCEXF_ 1 Frames B–C, Front (Top) Mount—Two-Pole Conventional Thermal Current, Open at 60°C Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps Contact Configuration 16 2NO 1 Circuit Symbol 53 63 Pkg. Qty.
PAGE 73
1.
PAGE 74
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XTCEXF_ 1.1 Frames D–G—Two-Pole 1 Conventional Thermal Current, Open at 60°C Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps Contact Configuration 16 2NO Circuit Symbol 13 23 Pkg. Qty.
PAGE 75
1.1 10 1NO–1NC 13 Conventional Free Air Thermal Current, Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps Contact Configuration Circuit Symbol 10 1NO–1NC 13 54 1 61 83 53 62 71 1NO–1NC 26 84 10 1 25 72 18 47 1 17 35 1NOE–1NCL 48 10 22 36 1 14 43 1 21 31 1 Pkg. Qty. 1 Screw Terminal Catalog Number 1 XTCEXSBN11 1 XTCEXSBLN11 2 1 XTCEXSCN11 3 Pkg. Qty.
PAGE 76
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Suppressors The switching of contactor coils can generate voltage transients that may cause arching on switch contacts and/or damage electronics on the control line. Either an RC or varistor suppressor is recommended in these types of applications. All XT DC contactor coils have built-in suppression.
PAGE 77
1.1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Electronic Timer Modules 1 Frames B–C Contactors (7–32A) 1 1 Voltage XTCEXTE_ 1 24 Vac/Vdc A1 A2 200–240 Vac 1 Off-Delay 1 100–130 Vac 24 Vac/Vdc A1 A2 200–230 Vac 1 24 Vac/Vdc A1 100–130 Vac 1 Timing Range For Use with… Pkg. Qty. 2 Catalog Number 0.05s–1s 0.
PAGE 78
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Additional Accessories 1 Mechanical Interlock 1 XTCEXMLB XTCEXML_ XTCEXMLM XTCEXMLN Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Link Kits For Use with… Pkg. Qty. 2 Catalog Number XTCE007B–XTCE015B, XTCF020B 5 XTCEXMLB XTCE018C–XTCE032C, XTCF032C–XTCF045C 1 XTCEXMLC XTCE040D–XTCE072D, XTCF063D–XTCF080D 1 XTCEXMLD XTCE080F–XTCE170G, XTCF125G–XTCF200G 1 XTCEXMLG 3 XTCE185H–XTCE570M 1 XTCEXMLM XTCEXSDLB 1 For Use with… Pkg. Qty.
PAGE 79
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Electrical Interlocking Bridge Parallel Link 456 For Use with… Pkg. Qty. 1 Catalog Number For Use with… Pkg. Qty. 1 Catalog Number XTCE007B–XTCE015B 20 XTCEXLBB XTCEXPLKB XTCE007B –XTCE015B 5 XTCEXPLKB XTCEXPLK_ 1 1 Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Bridge 1 1 For Use with… Pkg. Qty.
PAGE 80
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control CI-K Basic Enclosures CI-K Basic Enclosures 12 1 Dimensions in Inches (mm) Width Height External Depth 3.94 (100.0) 6.30 (160.0) 3.94 (100.0) 5.71 (145.0) 4.72 (120.0) 7.87 (200.0) 4.92 (125.0) 6.30 (160.0) 6.30 (160.0) 9.45 (240.0) 6.30 (160.0) 7.87 (200.0) 11.02 (280.0) 6.30 (160.0) Internal Depth Internal Mounting Type Pkg. Qty. 2.87 (73.0) With mounting rail 1 3.11 (79.
PAGE 81
1.
PAGE 82
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Replacement Coil—Frame H 1.
PAGE 83
1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Technical Data and Specifications XT Contactors—Frame B Description XTCE007B XTCE009B XTCE012B XTCE015B IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS AC operated 0.23 [0.51] 0.23 [0.51] 0.23 [0.51] 0.23 [0.51] DC operated 0.28 [0.62] 0.28 [0.62] 0.28 [0.62] 0.28 [0.
PAGE 84
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XT Contactors—Frame B, continued Description XTCE007B XTCE009B XTCE012B XTCE015B Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) Solid or stranded (AWG) 18–14 18–14 18–14 18–14 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 1 1 General, continued Main cable and control circuit cable connection screw/bolt 1 1 Tightening torque Nm 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.
PAGE 85
1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XT Contactors—Frames C–D Description XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C XTCE040D XTCE050D XTCE065D, XTCE072D IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS AC operated 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.
PAGE 86
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XT Contactors—Frames C–D, continued Description 1 XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C XTCE040D XTCE050D XTCE065D, XTCE072D M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M6 Nm 3 3 3 3.3 3.3 3.3 Lb-in 26.6 26.6 26.6 29.2 29.2 29.2 1 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.
PAGE 87
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 XT Contactors—Frames F–G 1 General Description Standards 1 1 XTCE080F XTCE095F XTCE115G XTCE150G XTCE170G IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS Weights in kg [lb] AC operated 2 [4.41] 2 [4.41] 2 [4.41] 2 [4.41] 2 [4.41] DC operated 2.1 [4.63] 2.1 [4.
PAGE 88
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XT Contactors—Frames F–G, continued Description XTCE080F XTCE095F XTCE115G XTCE150G 1 XTCE170G 1 General, continued Terminal capacity control circuit cable—screw terminals Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.
PAGE 89
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 XT Contactors—Frames H–M 1 Description 1 Standards 1 1 1 XTCE185H XTCE225H XTCE250L, XTCS250L XTCE300L, XTCS300L XTCE400M XTCS400M XTCE500M, XTCS500M XTCE570M XTCS570M IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA General Weights in kg [lb] 3.2 [7.1] 3.
PAGE 90
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XT Contactors—Frames H–M, continued 1 XTCE185H XTCE225H XTCE250L, XTCS250L XTCE300L, XTCS300L XTCE400M XTCS400M XTCE500M, XTCS500M XTCE570M XTCS570M 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.
PAGE 91
1.
PAGE 92
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XT Contactors—Frames N–R, continued Description XTCE580N XTCE650N XTCE750N, XTCE820N XTCEC10N XTCEC14P XTCEC16R, XTCEC20R 1 General, continued Control circuit cable cross-sections Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.
PAGE 93
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Coil Data—Frames B–D 1 Description 1 1 XTCE007B XTCE009B XTCE012B, XTCF020B XTCE015B XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C XTCE040D XTCE050D XTCE065D, XTCE072D Voltage Tolerance Pickup (x Uc) AC operated 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 DC operated 0.8–1.1 1 0.8–1.1 1 0.8–1.1 1 0.8–1.1 1 0.7–1.2 2 0.7–1.2 2 0.7–1.2 2 0.7–1.2 2 0.7–1.2 2 0.7–1.2 2 1 Dropout (x Uc) AC operated 0.
PAGE 94
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Coil Data—Frames F–G Description XTCE80F XTCE95F XTCE115G XTCE150G 1 XTCE170G 1 Voltage Tolerance Pickup (x Uc) 1 AC operated 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 DC operated 0.7–1.2 1 0.7–1.2 1 0.7–1.2 1 0.7–1.2 1 0.7–1.2 1 1 1 Dropout (x Uc) AC operated 0.3–0.6 0.3–0.6 0.25–0.6 0.25–0.6 0.25–0.6 DC operated 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6 1 Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.
PAGE 95
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Coil Data—Frames H–R 1 Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 XTCE185H, XTCE225H XTCE250L, XTCS250L XTCE300L, XTCS300L XTCE400M, XTCS400M, XTCE500M, XTCS500M, XTCE570M, XTCS570M XTCE185H–XTCEC20R 0.8 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax 0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax 0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax 0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax XTCS250L–XTCS500M — 0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax 0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax 0.85 x Ucmin–1.
PAGE 96
1.
PAGE 97
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Coil Data—Frames N–R, continued 1 Description 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 XTCE580N XTCE750N, XTCE820N XTCEC10N XTCEC14P XTCE16R, XTCEC20R Reaction in Threshold and Sealing State Transition Range (XTCE185L–XTCEC20R) Voltage interruptions (0–0.2 x Ucmin) <10 ms Time is bridged successfully Time is bridged successfully Time is bridged successfully Time is bridged successfully Time is bridged successfully (0–0.
PAGE 98
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 XT Contactors—Four-Pole Description XTCF020B XTCF032C XTCF045C XTCF063D XTCF080D XTCF125G XTCF160G XTCF200G IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA AC operated 0.22 [0.49] 0.49 [1.1] 0.49 [1.1] 1.0 [2.3] 1.0 [2.3] 2.
PAGE 99
1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 XTCF032C XTCF045C XTCF063D XTCF080D XTCF125G XTCF160G XTCF200G Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–16) 2 x (0.75 –10) 1 x (0.75–16) 2 x (0.75 –10) 1 x (2.5 –16) 2 x (2.5 –16) 1 x (2.5 –16) 2 x (2.5 –16) — — — Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–16) 2 x (0.75–10) 1 x (0.75–16) 2 x (0.75–10) 1 x (2.5–35) 2 x (2.5–25) 1 x (2.5–35) 2 x (2.
PAGE 100
1.
PAGE 101
1.
PAGE 102
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Parallel Link Description 1 XTCEXPLKB XTECXPLKC XTCEXPLKD XTCEXPLKG XTCEXPLK185 Solid (mm2) 1–16 16 16 — — Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.5–25) 2 x (0.5–16) 1 x (16–35) 1 x (16–120) — — 1 Stranded (mm2) 1 x (0.5–25) 2 x (0.5–16) 1 x (16–50) 1 x (16–120) 1 x (35–300) 2 x (35–120) — 1 Flat conductor—number of segments x width x thickness (mm) 6 x 9 x 0.8 — — 2 x (11 x 21 x 1) 1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8) 2 x (20 x 32 x 0.
PAGE 103
1.1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control AC Ratings—AC-3 Operation XTCE007B XTCE009B XTCE012B XTCE015B XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C 220/230V 7 9 12 15.5 18 25 32 240V 7 9 12 15.5 18 25 32 1 380/400V 7 9 12 15.5 18 25 32 415V 7 9 12 15.5 18 25 32 1 440V 7 9 12 15.5 18 25 32 500V 5 7 10 12.
PAGE 104
1.
PAGE 105
1.
PAGE 106
1.
PAGE 107
1.
PAGE 108
1.
PAGE 109
1.
PAGE 110
1.
PAGE 111
1.1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control DC Ratings—DC-1 1 Description Rated Operation Current {1} (Ie) in Amperes 1 60V 1 110V 220V 1 440V 1 XTCE009B XTCE012B, XTCF020B XTCE015B XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C XTCE040D XTCE050D XTCE065D 20 20 20 20 35 40 40 50 60 72 20 20 20 20 35 40 40 50 50 72 15 15 15 15 3 4 40 45 45 65 1 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.
PAGE 112
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 DC Ratings—DC-5 1 Description Rated Operation Current {1} (Ie) in Amperes XTCE007B XTCE009B XTCE012B XTCE015B XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C XTCE040D XTCE050D XTCE065D 60V 20 20 20 20 35 35 40 50 60 72 110V 20 20 20 20 35 35 40 50 50 72 220V 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 10 10 25 25 25 35 440V 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.
PAGE 113
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Current Heat Loss (Three-Pole) in Watts 1 Description 1 1 XTCE007B 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 XTCE015B XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C XTCE040D at Ith 3 3 3 3 7.3 9.6 12.1 11.3 at Ie to AC-3/400V 0.37 0.6 1.1 1.8 1.9 3.8 6.1 7.2 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 2 2 1.5 XTCE050D XTCE065D XTCE072D XTCE080F XTCE095F XTCE115G XTCE150G XTCE170G at Ith 19 28.8 28.8 12.2 18.2 20.3 30.7 41.1 at Ie to AC-3/400V 11.3 19 23 9.
PAGE 114
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.
PAGE 115
1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Contactor Contact Travel Diagrams Frame B XTCE 7–15A, XTC—AC XTCE 7–9A—DC NO contact NO contact 0 NC contact 3.3 0 XTCEXSAC11 NC contact 0 0 2.1 2.9 NC contact 2.9 0.7 XTCEXSAC11 NO contact 0 3.2 4.5 1.6 NC contact 4.4 4.4 1.0 NO contact 0 4.5 0 3.3 XTCEXSAC11 NO contact 0 NC contact NO contact 0 4.5 4.5 1.0 XTCE 12–15A, XTCF—DC 0 2.3 2.9 0 NC contact 2.9 0.7 0 3.2 4.4 4.4 1.6 1 1 1 1 1 XTCEXF.
PAGE 116
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Electrical Life Curves 1 Normal Switching Duty 170 150 115 95 80 65 50 40 32 7.5 5.5 4 3 kW AC-3/400V XTCE170G XTCE150G XTCE115G XTCE095F XTCE080F XTCE065D XTCE050D XTCE040D XTCE032C 25 XTCE025C 18 XTCE015B XTCE018C 12 XTCE012B 9 7 XTCE009B, XTMC9A XTCE007B 5 4 XTMC9A 3 XTMC9A 2 0.01 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.
PAGE 117
1.
PAGE 118
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Maximum Operating Frequency—Related to Rating and Utilization Category (400V) 7 to 150 hp 185 to 820 hp Ops./h Ops.
PAGE 119
1.1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 XTCE Contactors (Three-Pole) 1 Frame B, XTCE007B and XTCE015B Contactors with Screw Terminals (7–15A) XTCF020B 1 36 [1.42] 1 4 x M4 Dia. 1 68 [2.68] 18 [.71] 1 60 [2.36] 45 [1.77] 1 1 1 8.7 [.34] Typ. 1 6.5 [.26] 5.1 [.20] 75 [2.95] 45 [1.77] 1 1 3.2 [.13] C Auxiliary Type C XTCEXFAC_ 117 [4.61] XTCEXFCC_ 117 [4.61] 35 [1.38] XTCEXFATC_ 125 [4.
PAGE 120
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 Frame C, XTCE018C–XTCE032C Contactors (18–32A) 1 1 38 [1.50] 1 71 [2.80] 60.4 [2.38] 2 x M4 Dia. 85 [3.46] 1 1 75 [2.95] 1 1 4.5 [.17] 4.8 [.19] 17.7 [.70] 6.4 [.25] 11.6 [.46] 4.5 [.17] 1 6.5 [.26] 10.6 [.42] 97.4 [3.83] 35 [1.38] 138.7 [5.46] 11.6 [.46] 45 [1.77] 1 1 Note: Sideways distance to grounded parts: 6 mm [.39 in] 1 Frame D, XTCE040D–XTCE072D Contactors (72A) 1 1 4 x M4 Dia.
PAGE 121
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] Frames F–G, XTCE080F–XTCE170G Contactors (80–170A) 1 4 x M6 Dia. 1 156 [6.14] 1 156 [6.14] 57 [2.24] 76.5 [3.01] 1 170 [6.69] 1 1 1 1 1 90 [3.54] 1 1 1 1 70 [2.79] 82.5 [3.25] 85.5 [3.37] 142 [5.59] 111 [4.37] Note: Sideways distance to grounded parts: 10 mm [.39 in] 160 [6.30] Frames H–M, XTCE185H–XTCE570M Contactors (185–580A) W1 W 11 [.43] Dia. 1 M6 Dia.
PAGE 122
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 Frame N, XTCE580N–XTCEC10N Contactors (580–1000A) 1 A Dia. 1 M6 Dia. 1 1 232 [9.13] 1 215 [8.46] 256 H [10.08] 1 1 165 [6.50] 80 [3.15] 250 [9.84] 1 D1 1 232 [9.13] 1 W 140 [5.51] 270 [10.63] W H D1 A (Dia.) XTCE580N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 6 [.24] 13.5 [.53] XTCE650N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 6 [.24] 13.5 [.53] XTCE750N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 6 [.24] 13.5 [.53] XTCE820N 45 [1.
PAGE 123
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] Frame R, XTCEC16R, XTCEC20R Contactors 1 1 1 210 [8.27] 392 [15.43] 300 272 [11.81] 10.71] 352 [13.86] 1 1 1 1 150 [5.91] 1 80 [3.15] 40 [1.57] 80 [3.15] 150 [5.90] 125 [4.92] 14 [.55] Dia. 1 1 172.5 [6.79] 1 252 [9.92] 172.5 [6.79] 515 [20.28] 1 M6 Dia. 1 1 270 [10.63] 1 1 1 430 [16.93] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V5-T1-118 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—November 2015 www.
PAGE 124
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 XTCF Contactors (Four-Pole) 1 Frame B, XTCF020B Contactors 1 45.0 18.0 [1.77] [0.71] 1 2 x M4 60.0 [2.36] 1 68.0 [2.68] 36.0 [1.42] 1 3.2 [0.13] 45.0 [1.77] 1 6.5 [0.26] 35.0 [1.38] 75.0 [2.95] 1 1 117.0 [4.61] 1 Frame C, XTCF032C–XTCF045C Contactors 1 85.0 [3.35] 1 2 x M4 60.0 38.0 [2.36] [1.50] 71.0 [2.80] 1 75.0 [2.95] 1 1 58.0 [2.28] 4.5 [0.18] 6.5 [0.26] 1 35.0 [1.38] 97.4 [3.
PAGE 125
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] Frame D, XTCF063D–XTCF080D Contactors 1 1 57.0 [2.24] 1 2 x M4 115.0 [4.53] 86.4 [3.40] 105.0 [4.13] 104.0 [4.09] 1 1 1 1 74.0 [2.91] 4.7 [0.19] 85.0 [3.35] 6.9 [0.27] 114.0 [4.49] 45.0 [1.77] 132.1 [5.20] 147.0 [5.79] 1 1 Frame G, XTCF125G–XTCF200G Contactors 1 1 4 x M6 170.0 [6.69] 1 1 57.0 [2.24] 156.0 [6.14] 156.0 [6.14] 1 1 1 122.0 [4.80] 1 82.5 [3.25] 85.5 [3.37] 133.0 [5.24] 1 70.
PAGE 126
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 XTAE Starters with XTOB Overload Relay Frame B, XTAE007B–XTAE015B Starters with XTOB (7–12A) 45.3 [1.78] 35 [1.38] Mounting Holes for M4 or #8 Screws (4 Places) 117.1 [4.61] 60 [2.36] 45 [1.77] 75.8 [2.98] 1 Frame D, XTAE040D–XTAE065D Starters with XTOB (40–65A) Mounting Holes for M4 or #8 Screws (4 Places) 1 146 [5.75] 1 132.5 [5.22] 1 1 60 [2.36] 1 105 [4.13] 117.8 [4.64] 1 174 [6.85] 1 1 83.
PAGE 127
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] Frames F–G, XTAE080F–XTAE150G Starters with XTOB (80–150A) 90 [3.54] 70 [2.76] 1 160 [6.30] 150 [5.91] 1 1 1 1 170 57 [2.24] [6.69] 156 [6.14] 1 1 1 277 [10.91] 1 1 91 [3.58] 1 74 [2.91] 1 1 1 1 7 [.276] Dia. 95 [3.74] 100 [3.94] 118 [4.65] 134 [5.28] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V5-T1-122 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—November 2015 www.eaton.
PAGE 128
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 XTAE Starters with XTOE Overload Relay Frame B, XTAE007B–XTAE012B Starters with XTOE (0.35–20A) 117.0 [4.61] Mounting Holes for M4 or #8 Screws (4 places) 75.8 [2.98] 143.2 [5.64] 1.2 Nm [11 lb-in] 60.0 [2.36] 100.6 [3.96] 1 90.0 [3.54] Mtg. 7.8 [0.31] 140.0 [5.50] 98.0 [3.80] Mounting Holes for M4 or #8 Screws (2 places) 222.3 [8.75] To Reset 45.0 [1.77] 35.0 [1.38] 75.0 [2.95] 117.3 [4.62] 213.6 [8.
PAGE 129
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] XTCR Reversing Combination Frames B–D 1 1 1 H 1 1 1 1 1 1 W D Frame B (7–15A) Frame C (18–32A) Frame D (40–65A) W H D W H D W H D 90 [3.54] 68 [2.68] 117 [4.61] 90 [3.54] 85 [3.34] 138 [5.43] 110 [4.33] 115 [4.53] 146.8 [5.78] Frames F–G 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 299 314 [11.77] [12.36] 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 176 [6.93] M6 196 [7.72] 183 [7.
PAGE 130
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 Star-Delta Combination 1 Frames B–D 1 1 H 1 W Frame B 1 D Frame C 1 Frame D W H D W H D W H D 158 [6.22] 68 [2.68] 117 [4.61] 158 [6.22] 85 [3.34] 138 [5.43] 188 [7.40] 115 [4.53] 146.8 [5.78] 1 1 1 Frames F–G 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 299 314 [11.77] [12.36] 1 1 1 1 1 1 144 [5.67] 144 [5.67] 1 M6 183 [7.20] 308 [12.
PAGE 131
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] Mechanical Interlock Frames H–M—XTCEXMLM 1 XTCEXMLN 15 [.59] 1 1 270 [10.63] 1 300 [11.81] 1 1 9 [.35] 1 1 1 1 1 20 [.79] 515 [20.28] 430 [16.93] Contactor with Terminal Shroud Frames L–N Contactors, XTCE250L–XTCEC10N, with Terminal Shroud XTLEXTS W 1 1 1 1 H 1 1 1 1 1 XTCE500M, XTCE570M XTCE580N, XTCE650N, XTCE750N, XTCE820N, XTCEC10N W H W H W H W H 1 150 [5.91] 384 [15.12] 150 [5.
PAGE 132
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] Suppressor Flat Strip Conductor Terminals XTCE_ Suppressor XTCEXTFB 1 1 1 H3 H2 1 H1 1 1 H 1 D W2 1 W1 W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 D XTCEXRSB_ XTCEXVSB_ XTCEXVSLB_ XTCEXDSB_ 25 [.98] 9.2 [.36] 25.9 [1.02] 28 [1.10] 32 [1.26] 9 [.35] XTCEXRSC_ XTCEXVSC_ XTCEXVSLC_ 25 [.98] 9.2 [.36] 16 [.63] 28 [1.10] 32 [1.26] 9 [.35] XTCEXRSF_ XTCEXVSF_ XTCEXVSLF_ 25 [.98] 20 [.79] 18.5 [.73] 28 [1.10] 32 [1.
PAGE 133
1.1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Contents XTOB, XTOT Overload Relays Description 1 Page Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Overload Relays Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 134
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Catalog Number Selection 1 XT IEC Overload Relays 1 XT OB P16 B C1 S 1 Device Type XT = XT line of IEC control Type OB = Bimetallic overload relay OT = Current transformer overload relay Overload Release Frame G Frame B 035 = 25–35A P16 = 0.1–0.16A P24 = 0.16–0.24A 050 = 35–50A P40 = 0.24–0.4A 070 = 50–70A P60 = 0.4–0.6A 100 = 70–100A 001 = 0.6–1A 125 = 95–125A 1P6 = 1.0–1.6A 150 = 120–150A 2P4 = 1.6–2.4A 175 = 145–175A 004 = 2.
PAGE 135
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Product Selection 1 Frame B Overload Relay, Direct Mount—Frame B Short-Circuit Protection (A) 1 Overload Releases, Ir 1 0.1–0.16 1 0.16–0.24 1 0.4–0.6 0.24–0.4 1 Contact Sequence Contact Configuration For Use with Contactor Amp Range Fuse Type 1 Coordination, gG/gL Type 2 Coordination, gG/gL Maximum Circuit Breaker CEC/NEC Fuse Catalog Number 1NO-1NC 7–15A 25 0.
PAGE 136
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Frame D 1.
PAGE 137
1.
PAGE 138
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Accessories XTOBXDIN_ 1 DIN Rail or Panel Mount Adapter, Frames C–D 1 Terminal Lug Kit—Set of Three Lugs For Use with… Pkg. Qty. 2 Catalog Number Description For Use with… Pkg. Qty.
PAGE 139
1.1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Overload Fitted Directly to the Contactor Frame B (7–15A) Frame C (18–32A) Frame D (40–72A) Frames F–G (80–170A) Frames H–L (185–250A) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 V5-T1-134 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—November 2015 www.eaton.
PAGE 140
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Overload Mounted Separately from the Contactor Frame C (18–32A) Frame D (40–72A) Frames F–G (80–170A) Frames H–L (185–250A) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—November 2015 www.eaton.
PAGE 141
1.
PAGE 142
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XTOB Overload Relay—Auxiliary and Control Circuit Connections Description XTOB…BC1, XTOB…CC1 XTOB…DC1 XTOB…GC1, XTOB…GC1S XTOB…HC1, XTOB…LC1 Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac 6000 6000 6000 4000 Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 Solid, mm2 2 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) Flexible with ferrule, mm2 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.
PAGE 143
1.1 1 Tripping Characteristics These tripping characteristics are the mean values of the spread at 20°C ambient temperature in a cold state. 1 XTOB...BC1, XTOB...CC1, XTOB...DC1 1 1 1 1 20 10 6 4 2 1 1 2h 100 60 40 10 6 4 2-Phase 2 20 10 6 4 2 10 6 4 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 3-Phase 10 6 4 2-Phase 1 0.6 1 x Setting Current 10 6 4 2 2 1 0.6 1 20 20 2-Phase 2 XTOB...HC1, XTOB...LC1 1 40 3-Phase 20 1 0.6 2h 100 60 40 XTOB...GC1 1 40 3-Phase 20 1 1 XTOB...HC1, XTOB...
PAGE 144
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 Frames B–C, XTOBXDINC DIN Rail or Panel Mount Adapter and Frame D, XTOBXDIND DIN Rail or Panel Mount Adapter 1 D1 1 42.5 [1.67] 1 H 1 1 5 [.20] D2 16.5 [.65] 1 D 1 W H W D D1 D2 XTOB…CC1 85 [3.46] 45 [1.77] 90.5 [3.56] 58.3 [2.30] 3.8 [.15] XTOB…DC1 86 [3.39] 60 [2.36] 112 [4.41] 80.5 [3.17] 4.7 [.
PAGE 145
1.1 1 1 XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] Frames L and H, XTOB…LC1, HC1 Overload Relay 121 [4.76] 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters 110 [4.33] 144 [5.67] 96 [3.78] 111 [4.37] 48 [1.89] 1 1 144 [5.67] ** * 1 1 74 [2.91] 7 [.28] 169 [6.65] 94 [3.70] 1 1 1 5* 25 [.20] [.98] 128 [5.04] 1 1 1 1 1 7 [.28] Dia. 16.5 ** [.65] * = OFF ** = RESET/ON 11 [.43] Dia. XTOT…C3S Current Transformer Operated Overload Relay 185 [7.28] 4.3 [.17] 8 [.31] 21 [.83] 26 [1.
PAGE 146
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Contents C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay Description Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 147
1.
PAGE 148
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Catalog Number Selection 1 XT Electronic Overload Relay—IEC 1 1 XT OE 1P6 C CS S 1 1 Mounting Blank = Direct to contactor P = Pass-through S = Separate mount (Frames C and G only) Designation XT = XT line of IEC control Type OE = Electronic overload relay 1 1 Trip Type CS = Selectable Class 10A, 10, 20, 30 GS = Ground fault with selectable Class 10, 20 1 1 Overload Range 1P6 005 020 1P6 005 020 045 045 100 100 175 = = = = = = = = = = = 0.
PAGE 149
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Product Selection 1 XT Electronic Overload Relays 1 45 mm XT for Direct Mount 1 XT Electronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to XT Contactors For Use with XT Contactor Frame B 1 1 C 1 For Use with Contactor Overload Range (Amps) XTCE007B…, XTCE009B…, XTCE012B…, XTCE015B… 0.33–1.65 XTCE018C…, XTCE025C…, XTCE032C Auxiliary Contact Configuration 45 mm NO-NC 4–20 2 4 6 98 96 0.33–1.
PAGE 150
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1–5A OL with CTs 45 mm XT for Separate Mount 1.1 XT Electronic Overload Relays for use with Large Frame XT Contactors (L–R) Use CTs and 1-5A XT overload relay. CT kit does not include overload relay (order separately).
PAGE 151
1.1 1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Accessories CT Kits Accessories Description Catalog Number Safety Cover Safety Cover 1 Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed. ZEB-XSC 1 1 1 Reset Bar Reset Bar Assembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door mounted reset operators.
PAGE 152
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.
PAGE 153
1.1 1 1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Modbus Communication Module The Modbus module combined with an expansion module and a communication adapter provide Modbus communication capability to the C440 electronic overload relay.
PAGE 154
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Technical Data and Specifications 1 Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A 1 Specification Description 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm Electrical Ratings Range Range Range Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 0.33–1.
PAGE 155
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued 1 Description 1 1 1 1 1 Specification 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm 5A 5A 5A 120V 15A 15A 15A 240V 15A 15A 15A 415V 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A 500V 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings Conventional thermal continuous current Rated operational current—IEC AC-15 Make contact (1800 VA) Break contact (180 VA) 1 120V 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A 240V 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A 1 415V 0.9A 0.9A 0.
PAGE 156
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued 1 Specification Description 1 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm Radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM 30 mHz to 1000 mHz 30 mHz to 1000 mHz 30 mHz to 1000 mHz Conducted emissions IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM 0.15 mHz to 30 mHz 0.15 mHz to 30 mHz 0.
PAGE 157
1.1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Communication Modules Modbus DeviceNet PROFIBUS Ethernet 1 Radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A 30–1000 mHz 30–1000 mHz 30–1000 mHz 30–1000 mHz 1 Conducted emissions IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A 0.15–30 mHz 0.15–30 mHz 0.15–30 mHz 0.
PAGE 158
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.
PAGE 159
1.1 1 1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Short Circuit Ratings (North America CSA, cUL) Changes to UL 508A and NEC in recent years have brought a focus to control panel safety with regard to short-circuit current ratings (SCCR). Eaton’s C440 electronic overload relays combined with XT series IEC and Freedom Series NEMA contactors provide a wide variety of SCCR solutions needed for a variety of applications.
PAGE 160
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1 45 mm C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays 1 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 C 1 Text Orientation 1 1 1 B1 1 B Width A 1 Depth B1 B Mounting Holes (Height) C 4.32 (109.7) 4.63 (117.5) 3.68 (93.5) 1 1.80 (45.7) 4.00 (101.6) 4.30 (109.2) 3.68 (93.5) 1 1.80 (45.7) 4.30 (109.2) 4.60 (116.8) 3.68 (93.5) 1 NEMA Starter Size 00–2 1.80 (45.7) XT IEC Frame Size B, C, D Standalone 0.
PAGE 161
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 55 mm C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays 1 1 B 1 B1 C 1 1 1 A 1 1 NEMA Starter Size 1 XT IEC Frame Size 1 Standalone 3 D, F, G Width A Height To Reset B B1 Mounting Depth C 2.21 (56.0) 5.52 (140.2) 5.21 (132.4) 4.13 (104.8) 2.21 (56.0) 5.52 (140.2) 5.21 (132.4) 4.13 (104.8) 2.21 (56.0) 5.52 (140.2) 5.21 (132.4) 4.13 (104.
PAGE 162
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Contents Manual Motor Protectors Description Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . Manual Motor Protectors Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 163
1.1 1 1 ● ● 1 1 ● 1 XT IEC Power Control Features and Benefits ● 1 IEC Contactors and Starters ● ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 1 ● 1 ● 1 ON/OFF rotary handle with lockout provision Visible trip indication Class 10 overload protection Phase loss sensitivity Ambient temperature compensation to IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660 Fixed short-circuit trip— 14 times maximum setting of overload FLA dial Type 2 coordination per IEC 947 Identification markers standard on starter faceplate Motor applications from 0.
PAGE 164
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Product Identification 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 2 1 1 1 5 5 1 3 1 1 1 5 1 1 2 1 2 6 1 1 6 1 1 Notes Basic Units 1 XTPB pushbutton manual motor protectors (see Page V5-T1-161) Rated operational current up to 25A Switching capacity 50 kA/415V Short-circuit release, adjustable 0.
PAGE 165
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Catalog Number Selection XT Manual Motor Protectors XT PR 012 B C1 1 1 1 Designation XT = XT IEC power control 1 Type PB = Manual motor protector— pushbutton PR = Manual motor protector— rotary 1 1 1 1 1 Current Ratings Frame B Frame D P16 = 0.16A 016 = 16A P25 = 0.25A 025 = 25A P40 = 0.40A 032 = 32A P63 = 0.63A 040 = 40A 001 = 1A 050 = 50A 1P6 = 1.6A 058 = 58A 2P5 = 2.5A 063 = 63A 004 = 4A 6P3 = 6.
PAGE 166
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Product Selection 1 Product Selection for Manual Motor Starter Applications When ordering, specify catalog numbers according to the following stipulations: 1 XT manual motor protectors are selected based on the overload current range required for a given motor. This current range is determined from the motor full load ampere rating and motor service factor usually found on the motor nameplate. 1 For motors with service factors less than 1.
PAGE 167
1.1 1 Frame B 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XTPR Rotary Manual Motor Protectors with Screw Terminals— Global Ratings and North American Ratings—Frame B Type 1 and Type 2 Coordination Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip 1 1 Rated Uninterrupted Current— Iu = Ie (Amps) 1 FLA Adjustment Range/ Overload Release— Ir (Amps) Short Circuit Release— Irm (Amps) Maximum Motor Ratings 1 Maximum kW Rating AC-3—P (kW) Maximum hp Rating—P (hp) UL 508/CSA C22.2 No.
PAGE 168
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Frame B XTPR Manual Self-Protected Motor Starters—North American Ratings, UL 508 Type E—Frame B 1 Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip Rated Uninterrupted Current— Iu (Amps) 0.16 FLA Adjustment Range/ Overload Release— Ir (Amps) 0.1–0.
PAGE 169
1.1 1 Accessories 1 Auxiliary Contacts 1 XTPAXSA_ IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Side-Mount Auxiliary Contacts Contact Configuration 1 1NO-1NC 1 Contact Sequence 1.13 1.21 L1 L2 L3 Pkg. Qty. 1 Screw Terminal Catalog Number 5 XTPAXSA11 5 XTPAXSA12 5 XTPAXSA21 XTPAXSA11 1 1.14 1.22 1NO-2NC 1 1.13 1.21 1.31 L1 L2 L3 XTPAXSA12 1 1.14 1.22 1.32 1 2NO-1NC 1 1.13 1.21 1.33 L1 L2 L3 XTPAXSA21 1 1.14 1.22 1.
PAGE 170
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XTPAXSATR_ 1.1 Side-Mount Trip Indicating Auxiliary Contacts Contact Configuration Contact Sequence 2 x 1NO “+” “ ” 4.43 4.13 Pkg. Qty. 1 For Use with… 2 XTPB, XTPR, XTPM, XTPT 1 Catalog Number 1 XTPAXSATR20 1 1 4.44 4.14 On/Off 1 L1L2 L3 “+” “ >” Trip “+” 1 1 L1L2 L3 “+” “ >” 2 x 1NC 1 “+” “ ” 4.31 4.21 2 XTPB, XTPR, XTPM, XTPT XTPAXSATR02 1 1 1 4.32 4.
PAGE 171
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Additional Accessories 1 XTPAXSR_ Shunt Release Undervoltage Release XTPAXUVR_ Pkg. Qty. 1 Screw Terminal Catalog Number Pkg. Qty.
PAGE 172
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.
PAGE 173
1.1 1 XTPAXUTS 1 1 1 1 XTPAXIT 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Shroud for Unused Terminals of Three-Phase Commoning Links For Use with… Description Frame B XTPR To cover unused terminals on three-phase commoning link. Protected against direct contact. For Use with… Pkg. Qty. 1 Catalog Number Frame B XTPR, XTPB 5 XTPAXIT Pkg. Qty.
PAGE 174
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Reversing Starters XTPAXTPCRB 1 For Use with… Description/Comprised of … Std.
PAGE 175
1.1 1 XTPAXECM_ 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Electrical Connection Module For Use with… Description/Comprised of … Std. Pack 1 Catalog Number XTPR…B + XTCE…C Main current wiring between XTPR…B and contactor 5 XTPAXECMC XTPR…D + XTCE…D Main current wiring between XTPR…D and contactor 5 XTPAXECMD 1 DIN Rail Adapter Plates 1 For Use with… Description/Comprised of … Std.
PAGE 176
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Pushbutton MMP Enclosures 1 Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPB Pushbutton Motor-Protective Circuit Breakers—Global Usage 1 Degree of Protection For Use with… IP40 NEMA 1 XTPB MMP only or with: XTPAXFA_, XTPBXFAEM20, XTPAXSA_, XTPAXUVR_, XTPAXSR_ IP65 NEMA 3R, 4X, 12, 13 1 Description Catalog Number — XTPBXENCS40 With actuation membrane.
PAGE 177
1.
PAGE 178
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Rotary MMP Enclosures 1 1 Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of Frame B (0.1–32A) XTPR Motor-Protective Circuit Breakers—Global Usage Degree of Protection For Use with… IP41 with vertical mounting Frame B XTPR only or with: XTPAXFA_, XTPAXSA_, XTPAXSATR_, XTPAXUVR_, XTPAXSR_, XTPAXCL Description Catalog Number Cover with aperture dimensioned to accommodate front of MMP.
PAGE 179
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of Frame B XTPR (0.
PAGE 180
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control MMP Enclosure Accessories XTPAXPL_ 1 XTPR Manual Motor Protector Enclosure Padlock Attachment For Use with… Pkg. Qty. 1 Catalog Number 3 XTPAXPL1 2 XTPAXENCSD65B, XTPAXENCSD65RY 1 XTPAXPL2 2 XTPAXENCF55B, XTPAXENCF55RY 3 XTPAXPL3 3 Description XTPAXENCS65B, XTPAXENCS65RY, XTPAXENCSEM65B, XTPAXENCSEM65RY, XTPAXENCS55B, XTPAXENCS55RY, XTPAXENCSEM55B, XTPAXENCSEM55RY Padlocking feature. Up to three padlocks with 3–6 mm hasp thickness.
PAGE 181
1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Technical Data and Specifications XT Manual Motor Protectors XTPBP16B– XTPB025B XTPRP16B– XTPR032B XTPR016D– XTPR063D Standards IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14 IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14 IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL 508, CSA C22.2 No.
PAGE 182
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XT Manual Motor Protectors, continued XTPBP16B– XTPB025B XTPRP16B– XTPR032B XTPR016D– XTPR063D Overload release setting range (x Iu) 0.6–1.0 0.6–1.0 0.6–1.
PAGE 183
1.1 1 1 1 1 XT IEC Power Control Undervoltage Release Description XTPAXUVR_ Cross-Section Min. Cross-Section Protected Solid or flexible conductor with ferrule (mm2) 380-415V, 50 Hz, Cu mm2 4 2.5 1.5 1 Solid or stranded (AWG) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) Rated operational voltage, Ue (Vac) 24–250 0.85–1.1 1 Dropout voltage, x Us 0.7–0.
PAGE 184
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Wiring Diagrams 1 Fuseless Installation with XTPR Backup Protection Diagram—XTPR…B 100 20 16 10 6 0.16... XTPR...
PAGE 185
1.1 XTPR Frame D 106 4.0 A 2 1 1 0.8 0.6 1 1 1 i dt [A2 s] 0.4 0.3 1.6 A 0.2 1A 0.63 A 0.04 0.03 1 1 63/58 A 50/40/32 A 25 A 16 A 104 103 0.4 A 0.02 0.015 0.01 10 5 2.5 A 0.1 0.08 0.06 1 XTPR Frame D 2 e 10 XTPB 8 XTPR Frame B ^ ID 6 XTPM [kA] 4 3 alf -w av 32 A 25 A 20 A 16 A 10 A/12 A 6.3 A 1s th 1 XTPB, XTPR Frame B cc 1 MMP Let-Through Tripping Characteristics • 1 XT IEC Power Control 2 1 IEC Contactors and Starters Ue = 400 V 1 1.
PAGE 186
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Manual Motor Protector Short-Circuit Ratings 1 Rated uninterrupted current Iu = Rated operational current Ie. Rated conditional short-circuit current Iq —IEC/EN 60947-4-1. Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu — IEC/EN 60947-2. Rated operational short-circuit breaking capacity Ics — IEC/EN 60947-2.
PAGE 187
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Global Use, IEC/EN 60947—XTPR…DC1 with Classification Type “1” and Type “2” 1 Iu 230V Iq 400V Icu Ics Fuse 12 Iq 440V Icu Ics Fuse 12 Iq 500V Icu Ics Fuse 12 Iq 690V Icu Ics kA Fuse 12 Iq Icu Ics Fuse 12 A kA kA kA A kA kA kA A kA kA kA A kA kA A kA kA kA A 16 150 3 150 3 25 N 150 3 150 3 25 N 45 45 25 100 15 15 100 8 8 2.
PAGE 188
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14—XTPR—Frame B (all Screw and Spring Cage Terminal Options), Manual Motor Protector with Thermal and Magnetic Trip FLA Adjustment Range/Overload Release— Ir (Amps) Short Circuit Release— Irm (Amps) 1 1 1 Maximum Protective Device for UL/CSA Group Protection Catalog Number Rated Uninterrupted Current— Iu (Amps) XTPRP16BC1 0.16 0.1–0.16 2.2 50 — 600 — 600 — XTPRP25BC1 0.25 0.16–0.25 3.
PAGE 189
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 UL 508 Type E Ratings—XTPR Frame B + XTPAXLSA 1 Manual Motor Protector— Screw Terminal Catalog Number UL 508 Type E Application Maximum rms Symmetrical Short-Circuit Ratings (kA) Maximum Upstream Protective Device (A) 1 Line Side Adapter Catalog Number FLA Adjustment Range/Overload Release— Ir (Amps) Short Circuit Release— Irm (Amps) XTPRP16BB1 XTPAXLSA 0.1–0.16 2.2 50 XTPRP25BC1 XTPAXLSA 0.16–0.25 3.5 50 1 XTPRP40BC1 XTPAXLSA 0.
PAGE 190
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Dimensions 1 Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 93 [3.66] 1 Manual Motor Protectors, Manual Transformer Protectors—XTPR…B Manual Motor Protectors—XTPB XTPAXFA _ XTPAXFA _ 45 [1.77] 1 XTPAXFA _ 93 [3.66] 1 1 45 [1.77] 1 50 [1.97] 45 [1.77] 44 [1.73] 5.5 [.22] 45 [1.77] XTPAXFA _ 1 88 [3.46] 94 [3.70] 74 [2.91] 85 [3.35] 1 1 1 Manual Motor Protector—XTPR…DC1 1 4 [.16] 1 140 [5.57] 65 45 [2.56] 125 [4.92] [1.
PAGE 191
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 Standard Auxiliary Contact—XTPAXSA_ Three-Phase Commoning Link—XTPAXCLKB5, XTPAXCLKB4, XTPAXCLKB3 and XTPAXCLKB2 261 [10.28] (207 [8.15], 153 [6.02], 99 [3.90]) 1 1 1 1 1 45 90 [1.77] [3.54] 36 [1.42] 27 [1.06] 54 [2.13] 9 [.35] 26 [1.02] Overlapping Mounting to Extend the Three-Phase Commoning Link 68 [2.
PAGE 192
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 Three-Phase Commoning Link XTPAXCLKA4D, XTPAXCLKA3D and XTPAXCLKA2D XTPAXCLKC4D and XTPAXCLKC2D 1 XTPAXCLKA4D XTPAXCLKC4D 1 36 [1.42] 36 [1.42] 205 [8.07] 14 [.55] 1 260 [10.24] 33 [1.30] XTPAXCLKA3D XTPAXCLKC2D 36 [1.42] 36 [1.42] 33 [1.30] 14 [.55] 151 [5.94] 14 [.55] 33 [1.30] 1 1 1 1 1 115 [4.53] 14 [.55] 33 [1.30] 1 1 XTPAXCLKA2D 1 36 [1.42] 1 98 [3.86] 14 [.55] 1 33 [1.
PAGE 193
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPB Manual Motor Protectors 1 1 1 158 [6.22] 158 [6.22] 1 1 1 80 [3.15] 80 [3.15] 116.5 [4.59] 177.2 [6.98] 116.5 [4.59] XTPBXENCS40, XTPBXENCS65, XTPBXENAS41, XTPBXENAS65 XTPBXENCSEK65, XTPBXENCSES65, XTPBXENASEK65, XTPBXENASES65 1 1 1 158 [6.22] 1 1 1 80 [3.15] 116.5 [4.59] 129.5 [5.
PAGE 194
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPR…B Manual Motor Protectors 1 Drilling Dimensions 4.5 [.18] 1 1 70 [2.76] 158 [6.22] 153 [6.02] 158 [6.22] 1 1 80 [3.15] 1 8 [.31] 4.5 97.5 [3.84] [.18] 125.5 [4.94] XTPAXENCS55B, XTPAXENCS55RY, XTPAXENCSEM55B, XTPAXENCSEM55RY 90 [3.54] 100 [3.94] 80 [3.15] XTPAXENCS40 1 98 [3.86] 1 30 [1.18] SVB-PKZ0-CI 44 [1.73] 97.5 [3.84] 30 [1.18] 28 [1.
PAGE 195
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] Insulated Enclosures for Flush Mounting of XTPR…B Manual Motor Protectors 69 [2.72] 1 1 129 [5.08] 4 [.16] R 55 [2.17] 116 – 118 [4.57 – 4.64] 1 1 85 [3.35] 80 [3.15] 96 [3.78] 1 1 XTPAXENCF40, XTPAXENCF55B, XTPAXENCF55RY 1 1 Mounting Cutout XTPAXENCF_ 98 [3.86] 30 [1.18] 1 1 70 – 72 [2.76 – 2.83] 124 [4.88] 30 [1.18] 58 [2.28] 28 [1.10] 1 55 [2.17] 1 21 [.83] 129 [5.08] 1 1 1 80 [3.
PAGE 196
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPR…D Manual Motor Protectors 1 98 [3.86] 3 [.12] 1 32 [1.26] SVB-PKZ4-CI 1 1 240 [9.45] 1 1 72 [2.83] 1 160 [6.30] 1 134 [5.28] 181 [7.13] 1 197 [7.76] XTPAXENCSD65B, XTPAXENCSD65RY 1 XTPAXENCSD65_ + XTPAXPL2 Drilling Dimensions 5.6 [.22] Dia. 72 [2.83] 1 1 1 1 240 [9.45] 193 [7.60] 1 1 1 1 160 [6.30] 186 [7.32] 28 [1.10] 142 [5.60] 1 30 [1.
PAGE 197
1.1 1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] Pushbutton MMP Enclosures Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting Insulated Enclosures for Flush Mounting 1 XTPB Pushbutton MotorProtective Circuit Breakers Frame B (0.1–32A) XTPR Motor-Protective Circuit Breakers Frame B XTPR (0.
PAGE 198
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Contents Combination Motor Controllers Description Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 199
1.1 1 1 1 ● ● ● ● ● 1 ● 1 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● ● ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 ● 1 1 1 1 1 XT IEC Power Control Features 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters ● ● Standards and Certifications ON/OFF rotary handle with lockout provision Visible trip indication Test trip function Motor applications from 0.
PAGE 200
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Catalog Number Selection 1 Combination Motor Controllers 1 XT SC 012 B B A Designation XT = XT IEC power control SC = SR = FC = FR = Type Manual motor controller— FVNR Manual motor controller— FVR Combination motor controller, UL 508 Type F—FVNR Combination motor controller, UL 508 Type F—FVR 1 Frame Size—Contactor B = 45 mm, 7 to 15A C = 45 mm, 18 to 32A D = 55 mm, 40 to 65A Rated Current of MMP Frame B Frame D P16 = 0.
PAGE 201
1.1 1 Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Factory-Assembled Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip + Contactor— Maximum IEC Ratings1 FLA Adjustment Range/Overload Release—Ir (Amps) 1 Short-Circuit Release— Irm (Amps) 1 Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2 Three-Phase 220– 240V 380– 415V 500V 660– 690V Non-Reversing Catalog Number Reversing Catalog Number 0.1–0.16 3.2 — — — 0.06 XTSCP16BB_ XTSRP16BB_ 0.16–0.25 3.5 — 0.
PAGE 202
1.
PAGE 203
1.
PAGE 204
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XTFC and XTFR Combination Motor Controllers (CMC), UL 508 Type F Frame B MMP + Two Frame B Contactors 1 Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor— Maximum UL Ratings 1 FLA Adjustment Range/Overload Release—Ir (Amps) 1 1 Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2 Short-Circuit Release— Irm (Amps) 200V 240V 480V 0.16–0.25 3.5 3 3 1/2 0.25–0.4 5.6 3 3 0.4–0.63 8.82 3 3 0.63–1 14 3 3 1–1.6 22.
PAGE 205
1.
PAGE 206
1.
PAGE 207
1.
PAGE 208
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Accessories 1 Line Side Adapters Line side adapters are required for use with XTPR MMPs only when used as Type E self-protected manual combination starters or as part of XTFC or XTFR Type F combination motor controllers. Not required for group installation.
PAGE 209
1.1 1 XTPAXEC_ 1 1 XT IEC Power Control Electric Contact Module For Use with … Description/Composed of … Std. Pack 1 Catalog Number XTPR…B + XTCE…C Main current wiring between XTPR…B and contactor 5 XTPAXECMC 5 XTPAXECMD Use only in combination with busbar adapter XTPR…D + XTCE…D 1 DIN Rail Adapter Plates 1 XTPAXTPCPB 1 For Use with … Description/Composed of … Std.
PAGE 210
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Technical Data and Specifications 1 XTSC Non-Reversing Manual Motor Controllers (MMC)—Component Bill of Material 1 Factory Assembled Manual Motor Protector + Contactor Assembled Manual Motor Controller 1 FLA Adjustment Range/Overload Release—Ir (Amps) Component Catalog Numbers Manual Motor Protector Combination Connection Kit Contactor 1 Manual Motor Protector Auxiliary Contact XTSC Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor XTSCP16BB_ 0.1–0.
PAGE 211
1.1 1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XTSR Reversing Manual Motor Controllers (MMC)—Component Bill of Material Factory Assembled Manual Motor Protector + Contactor Assembled Manual Motor Controller 1 FLA Adjustment Range/Overload Release—Ir (Amps) Component Catalog Numbers Manual Motor Protector Combination Connection Kit Contactor 1 Manual Motor Protector Auxiliary Contact XTPAXFA11 XTSR Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor 1 XTSRP16BB_ 0.1–0.
PAGE 212
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XTFC Non-Reversing Combination Motor Controllers—Component Bill of Material 1 Factory Assembled Manual Motor Protector + Contactor + Line Side Adapter Assembled Combination Motor Controller 1 FLA Adjustment Range/ Overload Release—Ir (Amps) Component Catalog Numbers Line Side Adapter Manual Motor Protector Combination Connection Kit Contactor 1 Manual Motor Protector Auxiliary Contact XTFC Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor 1 1 1 XTFCP16BB_ 0.
PAGE 213
1.1 1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XTFR Reversing Combination Motor Controllers—Component Bill of Material Factory Assembled Manual Motor Protector + Contactor + Line Side Adapter Assembled Combination Motor Controller 1 FLA Adjustment Range/ Overload Release—Ir (Amps) Component Catalog Numbers Line Side Adapter Manual Motor Protector Combination Connection Kit Contactor 1 Manual Motor Protector Auxiliary Contact XTFR Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor 1 XTFRP16BB_ 0.1–0.
PAGE 214
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Manual Motor Controllers Short-Circuit Ratings for UL/CSA Group Installations 1 XTSC and XTSR Manual Motor Controllers (MMC) Group Installation, UL/CSA Assembled Controller 1 Non-Reversing Reversing FLA Adjustment Range/Overload Release— Ir (Amps) Short-Circuit Release— Irm (Amps) Max.
PAGE 215
1.1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Combination Motor Controllers Short-Circuit Ratings for UL 508 Type F Application XTFC and XTFR Combination Motor Controllers (CMC), UL 508 Type F 1 1 UL 508 Type F Application Assembled Controller 1 Non-Reversing Reversing FLA Adjustment Range/Overload Release— Ir (Amps) Short-Circuit Release— Irm (Amps) Max.
PAGE 216
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 XTSC…BB_ 1 1 32.5 [1.28] To Terminals 1 1 1 1 1 178.5 [7.03] 1 1 49.7 [1.96] To Terminals 1 1 45 [1.77] 95.7 [3.77] 1 1 XTSR…BB_ 32.5 [1.28] To Terminals 1 1 1 1 1 183.4 [7.22] 1 1 1 49.7 [1.96] To Terminals 95.3 [3.75] 1 1 90.3 [3.55] 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—November 2015 www.eaton.
PAGE 217
1.1 1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] XTSC…BC_ 57.5 [2.26] To Terminals Mounting Holes for M4 Screws or #8 Screws (4 Places) 1 1 1 1 1 228.8 235.7 [9.01] [9.28] 210.8 [8.30] Mounting 1 1 1 86.8 [3.42] To Terminals 1 1 9 [.35] 1 1 1 34 [1.34] 45.2 [1.78] 124.3 [4.89] XTSR…BC_ Mounting Holes for M4 Screws or #8 Screws (4 Places) 1 57.5 [2.26] To Terminals 1 1 1 1 1 1 228.8 235.4 [9.01] [9.27] 210.8 [8.30] Mounting 1 1 86.8 [3.
PAGE 218
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 XTSC…DD_ 1 196 [7.72] Mounting Holes for M5 Screws or #10 Screws (4 Places) 83.4 [3.28] To Terminals 1 1 1 1 1 1 266 [10.47] Mounting 1 284 [11.18] 1 1 1 142.8 [5.62] To Coil Terminals 1 1 1 9 [.35] 158.5 [6.24] 1 55 [2.17] 1 172.1 [6.78] To Optional Aux. Contacts 43.4 [1.71] Mounting 1 XTFC…BB_ 1 36.3 [1.43] To Terminals 1 1 1 1 1 209.2 [8.24] 1 1 1 1 49.7 [1.96] To Terminals 95.7 [3.
PAGE 219
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] XTFR…BB_ 36.3 [1.43] To Terminals 1 1 1 1 1 1 214.2 [8.43] 1 1 1 49.7 [1.96] To Terminals 1 1 1 1 XTFC…BC_ 34 [1.34] Mounting 1 1 1 90.3 [3.55] 95.3 [3.75] 61.3 [2.41] To Terminals Mounting Holes for M4 Screws or #8 Screws (4 Places) 1 1 1 1 1 266.7 [10.50] 235.7 228.8 [9.28] [9.01] 210.8 [8.30] Mounting 1 1 1 86.8 [3.42] To Terminals 1 1 9 [.35] 124.3 [4.89] 1 45.2 [1.
PAGE 220
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1 XTFR…BC_ 1 61.3 [2.41] To Terminals 1 Mounting Holes for M4 Screws or #8 Screws (8 Places) 1 1 1 1 266.4 [10.49] 1 235.4 [9.27] 210.8 [8.30] 1 228.8 [9.01] 1 1 1 86.8 [3.42] To Terminals 1 9 [.35] 34 [1.34] 45 [1.77] 79 [3.11] 124.3 [4.89] 1 89.6 [3.53] 1 5.3 [.21] 1 XTFC…DD_ 86 [3.39] To Line Side Connector Mounting Holes for M5 Screws or #10 Screws (4 Places) 1 1 1 1 1 1 297 [11.
PAGE 221
1.1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Contents XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector Description 1 Page Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 222
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Catalog Number Selection 1 XT—Manual Motor Protector 1 XT PE 004 B CS Designation XT = XT line of IEC control Type PE = Electronic MMP Overload Release 1P2 = 0.3–1.
PAGE 223
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Product Selection 1 XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector 1 B Frame IEC 1 1 1 1 1 MMP Base B Frame UL/CSA Maximum Motor kW Ratings Maximum Three-Phase hp Ratings 380V 400V 415V 240V 480V 600V 220V 230V 240V 3 3 7.5 10 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 5 7.5 15 20 7.5 15 15 18.5 15 15 40 40 18.
PAGE 224
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control B Frame 1.1 MMP Used with SmartWire-DT—Complete Assembly 1 IEC UL/CSA Maximum Motor kW Ratings Overload Release Setting Amp Range Maximum Motor hp Ratings 200V 230V 460V 575V 220V 230V 240V 380V 400V 415V 440V 0.3–1.2 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.18 0.37 1–4 0.75 0.75 2 3 0.75 3–12 3 3 7.5 10 8–32 5 7.5 15 20 Complete Manual Motor Protector 500V 600V 690V Type Number Catalog Number 0.37 0.37 0.75 PKE12/XTUA-1,2 XTPE1P2BCA 1.
PAGE 225
1.1 1 Accessories 1 Auxiliary Contacts 1 XTPAXSA_ IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Side-Mount Auxiliary Contacts Contact Configuration 1 1NO-1NC 1 Contact Sequence 1.13 1.21 L1 L2 L3 Pkg. Qty. 1 Screw Terminal Catalog Number 5 XTPAXSA11 5 XTPAXSA12 5 XTPAXSA21 XTPAXSA11 1 1.14 1.22 1NO-2NC 1 1.13 1.21 1.31 L1 L2 L3 XTPAXSA12 1 1.14 1.22 1.32 1 2NO-1NC 1 1.13 1.21 1.33 L1 L2 L3 XTPAXSA21 1 1.14 1.22 1.
PAGE 226
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XTPAXSATR_ 1.1 Side-Mount Trip Indicating Auxiliary Contacts Contact Configuration Contact Sequence 2 x 1NO “+” “ ” 4.43 4.13 1 Pkg. Qty. 1 For Use with… Catalog Number 2 XTPE XTPAXSATR20 1 1 1 4.44 4.14 On/Off 1 L1L2 L3 “+” “ >” Trip “+” 1 1 L1L2 L3 “+” “ >” 2 x 1NC 1 “+” “ ” 4.31 4.21 2 XTPE XTPAXSATR02 1 1 1 4.32 4.
PAGE 227
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Additional Accessories 1 XTPAXSR_ Shunt Release Undervoltage Release XTPAXUVR_ Pkg. Qty. 1 Screw Terminal Catalog Number Pkg. Qty.
PAGE 228
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 IP65 Rotary Handle Mechanism 123 Enclosure Rating Description XTPAXRHM_ 1 Pkg. Qty.
PAGE 229
1.1 1 XT IEC Power Control Combination Connection Kits Non-Reversing Starters 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XTPAXTPCB For Use with… Description/Comprised of … Std. Pack 1 Catalog Number XTPE…B + XTCE…B Mechanical connection element for XTPR…B and contactor 1 XTPAXTPCB Main current wiring between XTPR…B and contactor in toolless plug connection 1 1 Use contactor auxiliary switch XTCEXFAT_. Control cable guidance: max. six cables up to 2.5 mm2 external diameter or four cables up to 3.
PAGE 230
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control XTPAXECM_ 1.1 Electrical Connection Module 1 For Use with… Description/Comprised of … Std. Pack 1 Catalog Number XTPE…B + XTCE…C Main current wiring between XTPR…B and contactor 5 XTPAXECMC 1 1 1 DIN Rail Adapter Plates XTPAXTPCPB For Use with… Description/Comprised of … Std.
PAGE 231
1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Technical Data and Specifications XT Electronic Manual Motor Controllers Description Specification XTPE012B XTPE032B XTPE065D General Standards and regulations IEC/EN 60947-4-1, VDE 0600, UL 508, CSA C 22.2 No.
PAGE 232
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Trip Characteristics 1 XT Electronic Manual Motor Controllers 1 XTPE … 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—November 2015 www.eaton.
PAGE 233
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Dimensions 1 XT Electronic MMP—B Frame 1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) XT Electronic MMP—D Frame 4.65 (118.0) 1.77 (45.0) 3.79 (96.2) 1 1.28 (32.5) 1 3.98 (101.0) 1 1 6.30 (160.0) 0.57 (14.5) 4.72 (120.0) 1 1 1 1 1.38 (35.0) 1 2.17 (55.0) XT Electronic CMC With C Frame Contactor 5.71 (145.0) 1 4.77 (121.2) Line Side Adapter 1 3.66 (92.9) To Line Side Adapter 1 1 1 9.01 (228.8) 1 1 10.63 (269.
PAGE 234
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Contents EMS—Electronic Motor Starter Description Page Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 235
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Catalog Number Selection 1 EMS—Electronic Motor Starter EMS ROS T 2.4 24VDC 1 1 Device Type EMS = Electronic motor starter 1 1 DO DOS RO ROS 1 1 1 Product Selection 1 EMS-_ Control Voltage 24VDC = 24 Vdc Configuration/Function = Non-reversing = Non-reversing with E-stop = Reversing = Reversing with E-stop Ampere Rating 2.4 = 2.
PAGE 236
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Reference Data Type 2 Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Approvals for World Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IEC Utilization Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor Ratings Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ampacities of Insulated Conductors (Based on 2005 NEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 237
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 Type 2 Coordination 1 400, xx415V Type 2 Coordination—MMC MMP Catalog Number Contactor Catalog Number 2 MMC Catalog Number 2 50 (150) 1 XTPRP25BC1 XTCE007B10_ XTSCP25BB_ 0.31 50 (150) 1 XTPRP40BC1 XTCE007B10_ XTSCP40BB_ 0.41 50 (150) 1 XTPRP63BC1 XTCE007B10_ XTSCP63BB_ 1 0.18 0.60 50 (150) 1 XTPRP63BC1 XTCE007B10_ XTSCP63BB_ 1 0.25 0.80 50 (150) 1 XTPR001BC1 XTCE007B10_ XTSC001BB_ 0.37 1.
PAGE 238
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 480V Type 2 Coordination—MMC P (hp) Ie (A) Iq (kA) MMP Catalog Number Current Limiter Catalog Number Contactor Catalog Number 2 MMC Catalog Number 2 1/2 0.24 65 XTPRP25BC1 — XTCE007B10_ XTSCP25BB_ 1/2 0.32 65 XTPRP40BC1 — XTCE007B10_ XTSCP40BB_ 1/2 0.51 65 XTPRP63BC1 — XTCE007B10_ XTSCP63BB_ 1/2 0.74 65 XTPR001BC1 — XTCE007B10_ XTSC001BB_ 1/2 0.94 65 XTPR001BC1 — XTCE007B10_ XTSC001BB_ 3/4 1.
PAGE 239
1.1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 400, 415V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Fused Disconnect P (kW) Ie (A) Iq (kA) Fuses Class gG/gL Contactor Catalog Number 1 Overload Relay Catalog Number Assembled Starter Catalog Number 1 0.12 0.41 100 2 XTCE007B10_ XTOBP60BC1 XTAE007B10_P60 1 0.18 0.60 100 2 XTCE007B10_ XTOB001BC1 XTAE007B10_001 1 0.25 0.80 100 4 XTCE007B10_ XTOB001BC1 XTAE007B10_001 0.37 1.
PAGE 240
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 500V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Fused Disconnect P (kW) Ie (A) Iq (kA) Fuses Class gG/gL Contactor Catalog Number 1 Overload Relay Catalog Number Assembled Starter Catalog Number 1 0.12 0.33 100 2 XTCE007B10_ XTOBP40BC1 XTAE007B10_P40 0.18 0.48 100 2 XTCE007B10_ XTOBP60BC1 XTAE007B10_P60 0.25 0.70 100 2 XTCE007B10_ XTOB001BC1 XTAE007B10_001 0.37 0.
PAGE 241
1.1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 690V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Fused Disconnect P (kW) Ie (A) Iq (kA) Fuses Class gG/gL Contactor Catalog Number 1 Overload Relay Catalog Number Assembled Starter Catalog Number 1 0.12 0.24 100 1 XTCE007B10_ XTOBP40BC1 XTAE007B10_P40 1 0.18 0.35 100 2 XTCE007B10_ XTOBP40BC1 XTAE007B10_P40 1 0.25 0.50 100 2 XTCE007B10_ XTOBP60BC1 XTAE007B10_P60 0.37 0.
PAGE 242
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 400, 415V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Fused Disconnect P (kW) Ie (A) Iq (kA) Fuses 1 Class BS88 Contactor Catalog Number 2 Overload Relay Catalog Number Assembled Starter Catalog Number 2 0.12 0.41 80 4 XTCE007B10_ XTOBP60BC1 XTAE007B10_P60 0.18 0.60 80 4 XTCE007B10_ XTOBP60BC1 XTAE007B10_P60 0.25 0.80 80 4 XTCE007B10_ XTOB001BC1 XTAE007B10_001 0.37 1.
PAGE 243
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 400, 415V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Circuit Breaker 1 P (kW) Ie (A) Iq (kA) Circuit Breaker Contactor Catalog Number 1 Overload Relay Catalog Number Assembled Starter Catalog Number 1 1 0.12 0.41 15 2 2 2 2 0.18 0.60 15 2 2 2 2 1 0.25 0.80 15 2 2 2 2 1.10 15 2 2 2 2 1 0.37 0.55 1.50 15 2 2 2 2 0.75 1.
PAGE 244
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 525V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Circuit Breaker P (kW) Ie (A) Iq (kA) Circuit Breaker Contactor Catalog Number 1 Overload Relay Catalog Number Assembled Starter Catalog Number 1 0.37 1.02 50 2 2 2 2 0.55 1.22 50 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 0.75 1.66 50 2 1.10 2.22 50 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1.50 3.16 50 2 2.20 4.25 50 2 2 2 2 3.00 5.60 50 2 2 2 2 4.00 7.50 50 2 2 2 2 5.
PAGE 245
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1 400, 415V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor with Circuit Breaker 1 1 P (kW) Ie (A) Iq (kA) Circuit Breaker—MCP Contactor Catalog Number 2 P (hp) Ie (A) Iq (kA) Circuit Breaker—MCP Contactor Catalog Number 2 1 1.50 3.60 50 HMCPE015E0C XTCE018C10_ 50.0 65.0 65 HMCPJ250G5L XTCE080F00_ 2.20 5.00 50 HMCPE015E0C XTCE018C10_ 60.0 77.0 65 HMCPJ250G5L XTCE080F00_ 1 3.00 6.60 50 HMCPE015E0C XTCE018C10_ 150.0 180.
PAGE 246
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Approvals for World Markets Overview The XT line of products is approved for use throughout the world, including the USA and Canada. As such, they can be used without restriction as devices for world markets. The majority of countries permit the import of devices on the manufacturer’s undertaking that they have been constructed in accordance with the pertinent specifications.
PAGE 247
1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 XT IEC Power Control The following are important criteria for selecting switchgear suitable for export: For motor-protective circuit breakers Use inherently short-circuit proof switches capable of controlling the highest prospective fault levels at the point of installation without the need for backup protection.
PAGE 248
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control For main switches and safety switches Use devices with positive contact separation and clear switch position indication. Advantage: ● The mechanical coupling of the actuating element with the contacts ensues that the OFF position is indicated only when all main contacts are separated by the prescribed distance and only in this position can the switch be padlocked.
PAGE 249
1.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control IEC Utilization Categories (See also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.1.18/IEV 441-17-19) A combination of specified requirements relating to the condition in which the switching device or fuse fulfills its purpose and selected to represent a characteristic group of real-life applications.
PAGE 250
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.
PAGE 251
1.
PAGE 252
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Motor Ratings Data Ampere Rating of AC and DC Motors Ampere ratings of motors vary somewhat, depending upon the type of motor. The values given below are for drip-proof, Class B insulated (T Frame) where available, 1.15 service factor, NEMA Design B motors. These values represent an average full load motor current that was calculated from the motor performance data published by several motor manufacturers.
PAGE 253
1.1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor, continued 1 hp Syn. Speed RPM Current in Amperes 200V 230V 380V 1 460V 575V 75 3600 206 179 108 89.6 71.7 1800 210 183 111 91.6 73.2 16.5 1200 212 184 112 92.0 73.5 22.2 17.8 900 222 193 117 96.5 77.5 30.5 25.2 20.1 3600 266 231 140 115 92.2 31.0 25.6 20.5 1800 271 236 144 118 94.8 52.8 31.9 26.4 21.1 1200 275 239 145 120 95.6 63.
PAGE 254
1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Three-Phase AC Motors The following values of fullload currents are typical for motors running at speeds usual for belted motors and motors with normal torque characteristics. Motors built for low speeds (1,200 RPM or less) or high torques may require more running current and multispeed motors will have fullload current varying with speed. In these cases the nameplate current rating shall be used. 1 The voltages listed are rated motor voltages.
PAGE 255
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control DC Motors The following values of fullload currents are for motors running at base speed. 1 Full-Load Current in Amperes, Direct-Current Motors Ampere Capacity of Fuses for Motors Armature Voltage Rating 1 Recommended Values hp 120V 240V 120V 240V 1 1/4 3.1 1.6 5 3 1 1/3 4.1 2.0 5 3 1/2 5.4 2.7 7 3 1 3/4 7.6 3.8 10 5 1 9.5 4.7 15 7 1 1-1/2 13.2 6.6 20 10 2 17 8.5 25 12 1 3 25 12.
PAGE 256
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control 1.1 Ampacities of Insulated Conductors (Based on 2005 NEC) 1 Table 310.16. Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated 0–2000V, 60°–90°C [140°–194°F], Not More Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway or Cable or Earth (Directly Buried), Based on Ambient Temperature of 30°C [86°F] 1 1 1 Temperature Rating of Conductor. See NEC Table 310-13.
PAGE 257
1.1 1 1 IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Table 310.16. Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated 0–2000V, 60°–90°C [140°–194°F], Not More Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway or Cable or Earth (Directly Buried), Based on Ambient Temperature of 30°C [86°F]—Correction Factors 1 Temperature Rating of Conductor. See NEC Table 310-13.
PAGE 258
IEC Contactors and Starters XT IEC Power Control Table 310.18. Allowable Ampacities of Three Single Insulated Conductors Rated 0–2000V, 150°–250°C [302°–482°F], in Raceway or Cable Based on Ambient Air Temperature of 40°C [104°F] 1.1 1 1 Temperature Rating of Conductor. See NEC Table 310-13.
PAGE 259
NEMA Contactors and Starters NEMA AN16DN0AB NEMA Size 1 Starter NEMA Size 1 Contactor 2.1 Freedom Series Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 260
2.1 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Contents Freedom Series Description 2 Page Technical Data and Specifications Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . .
PAGE 261
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2.1 Standards and Certifications ● ● ● Standard: designed to meet or exceed UL, NEMA, IEC, CSA, VDE and BS UL listed: UL File #E1491, Guide #NLDX—Open and NEMA 1, 4, 12 Enclosed CSA Certified: CSA File #LR353, Class #321104 Open and NEMA 1 Enclosed ISO 9000 Certification Short Circuit Protection When you turn to Eaton’s products, you turn to quality.
PAGE 262
2.1 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Contents Non-Reversing and Reversing Contactors Description 2 Page Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kits and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts Publication Numbers . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 263
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2.
PAGE 264
2.
PAGE 265
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2.
PAGE 266
2.1 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Non-Reversing Contactors—Open Type 2 G A G G F A G 2 2 A U X Top Mtd. Aux. A U E X Top Mtd. Aux. Side Mtd. Aux. A U X B 2 G A G G F Top Mtd. Aux. C Top Side Mtd. Mtd. Aux. Aux. A U E X B A Top Mtd. Aux. A U E X Side Mtd. Aux. B Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws Sizes 0–2, Two- and Three-Pole D F Top Mtd. Aux. A U X Auxiliary Contacts Mtg.
PAGE 267
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Reversing Contactors—Open Type G A G F A 2 C 2 C A U X Top Mtd. Aux. Top Mtd. Aux. D Top Mtd. Aux. A U X E 2 Side Mtd. Aux. B 2 2 Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-32 Screws Sizes 00–2 A B E 2 Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-20 Screws Size 3 D 2 2 C A E C B 2 B E 2 2 D D Mtg. for (4) 1/4-20 Screws Sizes 4–5 A 2 D Mtg.
PAGE 268
2.1 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Contents Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Starters Description 2 Page Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kits and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts Publication Numbers . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 269
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2.
PAGE 270
2.1 2 2 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Two-Speed Selective Control When Ordering Supply ● Catalog number plus magnet coil code suffix. Example: Size 0— AN700BN022B ● Heater pack number or full load current for each speed ● 2 ● 2 2 2 Two-Winding AN700DN022 Note: Two-speed starters are designed for starting and controlling both separate (two-winding) and reconnectable (one-winding) motors. Separate winding, WYE-WYE motors have a separate winding for each speed.
PAGE 271
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Kits and Accessories ● ● ● Auxiliary contacts, contactor mounted— Pages V5-T2-25 to V5-T2-27 Transient suppressor, for magnet coil—Page V5-T2-24 Timers—solid-state and pneumatic, mount on contactor—Page V5-T2-22 2.
PAGE 272
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2 Wiring Diagrams 2 Three-Phase and Single-Phase Applications L1 L2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 A2 2 2 2 3 98 97 96 95 Remove Wire “c” when it is supplied. “c” Connect separate control lines to the T3 No. 1 Terminal on T1 T2 T1 T2 T3 the remote pilot device and Terminal 96 on the overload relay.
PAGE 273
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2.1 Contents NEMA Size 1—BN15DN0AB Description Page Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 274
2.
PAGE 275
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Non-Reversing Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload—Open Type 2 G A G Top Mtd. Aux. G F Side Mtd. Aux. A Top A U Mtd. U X Aux. X A G CL C A Top A U Mtd. U X Aux. X B E 2 F Top Mtd. Aux. C 2 Side Mtd. Aux. 0.13 (3.3) Auxiliary Contacts CL 2 Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws 2 Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws Sizes 1–2 D 2 A G 2 B E C A 2 C C 2 Aux. Aux. Cont.
PAGE 276
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Reversing Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload—Open Type A 2 C CL 2 G 2 G A F C B E 2 A U X 2 Top Mtd. Aux. CL Top Mtd. Aux. Top Mtd. Aux. A U X Side Mtd. Aux. B E 2 D Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-20 Screws Size 3 b 2 D .13 (3.3) 2 Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-32 Screws Sizes 00 – 2 A C 2 2 E 2 A D 2 B C 2 Mtg.
PAGE 277
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Reversing Starters—Vertical Construction, Bi-Metallic Overload—AN56V Open Vertical Starter 2 A C F A F 2 C 2 2 2 B E 2 B E 2 2 2 D Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-32 Screws NEMA Size 0 D 2 Mtg. Holes for (3) #10-32 Screws NEMA Sizes 1 – 2 2 2 2 F A F C F A 2 C F 2 2 E E B 2 B 2 2 2 D D Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-20 Screws NEMA Size 3 2 Mtg.
PAGE 278
2.
PAGE 279
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Accessories IEC Sizes A–K, NEMA Sizes 00–2 Field mount to Freedom Series starters and contactors. Designed to save space and 2 Mechanical Interlock and Reversing Kits Three-Pole Top Mounted Fuse Block Kit reduce installation costs. They provide short circuit protection for branch circuits. Mechanical interlocks and reversing kits are designed for field assembly of reversing contactors or starters from Freedom Series components.
PAGE 280
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2 Solid-State Timers 2 Solid-State ON DELAY Timer—Side Mounted on Freedom Series NEMA 00–2, IEC A–K and C25D, C25E and C25F Frame This timer is designed to be ON DELAY timing function wired in series with the starts. At the completion of load (typically a coil). When the set timing period, timer the START button is pushed and series wired load will (power applied to timer), the both be energized.
PAGE 281
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Identification Markers IEC Sizes A–K, NEMA Sizes 00–2 Designed to snap on the face of contactor for easy, personalized identification of DIN Rail Mounting Channel—35 mm individual devices. Includes holder and labels. DIN Rail Catalog Number Identification marker C320DL2 2 2 Identification Markers Description 2 Designed for DIN rail mounting of IEC style contactors and starters.
PAGE 282
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2 Transient Suppressor Kits 2 NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K These kits limit high voltage transients produced in the control circuit when power is removed from the contactor or starter coil. There are three separate suppressors for use on 24–120V, 208–240V or 277–480V coils respectively.
PAGE 283
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2.1 Auxiliary Contacts 2 Contact Configuration Code This two-digit code is found on the auxiliary contact to assist in identifying the specific contact configuration. The first digit indicates the quantity of NO contacts and the second indicates the quantity of NC contacts. NEMA Sizes 00–2—IEC Sizes A–K The auxiliary contacts listed on this page are designed for installation on Freedom Series starters and contactors.
PAGE 284
2.1 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series NEMA Sizes 3–8—IEC Sizes L–Z C320KGS42 2 2 2 2 Auxiliary Contact Ratings (Amperes) Base Auxiliary Contacts— NEMA Sizes 3–5, IEC Sizes L–S Ratings—NEMA A600 AC Volts 120V 240V 480V 600V Make 60 30 15 12 Circuit NEMA Sizes 4–5 IEC Sizes P–S Catalog Number Current Contact Configuration Code 1 NEMA Size 3 IEC Sizes L –N Catalog Number Break 6 3 1.
PAGE 285
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Auxiliary Contact Location 2 NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor or starter and their locations. NEMA Sizes 3–8, IEC Sizes L–Z The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor and their locations.
PAGE 286
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2 DC Magnet Coils 2 When Ordering Specify Conversion Kit for Field Assembly 2 2 2 ● Factory Installed DC Coil ● 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Catalog number For factory installed DC magnet coil on AC contactors or noncombination starters (open type only), substitute the code suffix from the table on this page for the magnet coil identifier in the device catalog number.
PAGE 287
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Operation These DC coil kits have separate pick-up and seal windings. A special (side mounted) early-break NCI auxiliary contact is used to either disconnect the pick-up winding or insert the seal winding in series with the pick-up winding, depending on the frame size of the contactor. DC coil kits come in two styles, a suffix 1 and a suffix 4. Suffix 1 contains only the special (side mounted) early break NCI auxiliary contact.
PAGE 288
2.1 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Special Modifications For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN56, CE15, CN15, CN35, CN55 Starter Size —NEMA 00 0 1/— Addition or Special Feature 2 2 Control Circuit 2 Extra auxiliary circuit, factory installed NO or NC—each contact 12 Consult sales office for pricing adders. Transient suppressor 1 Consult sales office for pricing adders.
PAGE 289
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2.1 For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 1 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Size 1, 2) NEMA Size 1 Series A1 2 NEMA Size 2 Series B1 Series A1 Series B1 NEMA Size 3 2 Description Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
PAGE 290
2.1 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below. For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 1 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Size 4, 5, 6) NEMA Size 4 2 NEMA Size 5 NEMA Size 6 Series A1 Series B1 Series A1 Series B1 Contactor and Starter Series A1, Starter Series B1 Contactor and Starter Series B1, Starter Series C1 2 Description Part No. Part No. Part No.
PAGE 291
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below. 2 For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 1 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Size 7, 8) NEMA Size 7 2 NEMA Size 8 2 Series A1 Series B1 Series A1 Series B1 Description Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
PAGE 292
2.
PAGE 293
2.
PAGE 294
2.
PAGE 295
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2.1 Electrical Life—AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories Life Load Curves Eaton’s Freedom Series NEMA contactors have been designed and manufactured for superior life performance in any worldwide application. All testing has been based on requirements as found in NEMA and UL standards and conducted by Eaton. Actual application life may vary depending on environmental conditions and application duty cycle.
PAGE 296
2.1 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Contents 32A Overload—C306DN3B Description 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Relays—Thermal Overload 2 Product Description Features C306 Overload Relays are designed for use with CE or CN non-reversing and reversing contactors. Four sizes are available for overload protection up to 144A. ● 2 2 2 Page Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 297
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2.
PAGE 298
2.1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Freedom Series Heater Pack Selection Heater packs H2001B to H2017B and H2101B to H2117B are to be used only with Series B overload relays Catalog Numbers C306DN3B (Part No. 10-7016) and C306GN3B (Part No. 10-7020). The load lugs are built into the overload relay base to allow load wiring prior to heater pack installation. The previous heater design had integral load lugs. The Series B heater packs are electrically equivalent to the previous heater design.
PAGE 299
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Heater Pack H2018–H2024 Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater, continued 2 Motor Full Load Ampere Rating Dial Position Overload Relay Size A B C D Catalog Number 1 2 For Use with NEMA Sizes 3–4, IEC Sizes L–N Only—Series A 105A or 144A 8.0 9.2 10.3 11.5 H2025-3 11.4 12.8 14.3 15.7 H2026-3 14.3 15.7 17.4 19.0 H2027-3 18.0 20.2 22.3 24.5 H2018-3 24.6 27.6 30.5 33.4 H2019-3 33.5 37.5 41.5 45.6 H2020-3 45.7 51.2 56.7 62.
PAGE 300
2.1 2 Heater Pack H2101B–H2117B 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater Motor Full Load Ampere Rating Dial Position Overload Relay Size 2 A B C D Catalog Number 1 For Use with NEMA Sizes 00–0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1–2 Series B; IEC Sizes A–F Series C, IEC Sizes G–K Series B 32A or 75A 0.260 0.313 0.367 0.420 H2101B-3 0.384 0.464 0.543 0.623 H2102B-3 2 0.570 0.688 0.806 0.924 H2103B-3 0.846 1.02 1.20 1.37 H2104B-3 2 1.28 1.55 1.83 2.
PAGE 301
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2.1 Accessories Modifications 2 DIN Rail and Panel Mounting Adapter These adapters are required adapter includes line when component overload terminals and connects relays are to be separately with the overload relays mounted. The terminal base on Page V5-T2-39. C306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting Adapter Consists of a thermal permits fast and easy overload relay mounted to a installation.
PAGE 302
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2 Replacement Parts 2 Heater Pack Replacement The heater pack series is determined by the 6th character of the catalog number. Series A or prior heater packs (identified by either “A” or “-” as the 6th character) have built-in load lugs. Series B or later heater 2 2 2 Overload Relay Lug Adapter Kit packs do not (load lugs are on overload relay).
PAGE 303
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Technical Data and Specifications 2 Operation C306 Overload Relay Setting For motors having a 1.15 service factor, rotate the FLA (Full Load Amperes) adjustment dial to correspond to the motor’s FLA rating. The overload relay is factory set at M for manual reset operation. For automatic reset operation, turn the reset adjustment dial to the A position as shown in the illustration.
PAGE 304
2.
PAGE 305
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Stand-Alone Overload Relays 2 32A and 75A Sizes—C306DT38 and C306GT3B D B F G 2 105A and 144A Sizes—C306KN38 and C306NN3B A C B E C 2 2 E 2 2 A Mtg. Holes for (3) 1/4-20 Screws D 2 2 Dimensions and Shipping Weights Ampere Size Wide A High B Deep C Mounting D E F (Slot) G (Hole) Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 32A 1.77 (45.0) 4.13 (104.9) 3.69 (93.7) 1.36 (34.5) 3.74 (95.0) 0.
PAGE 306
2.1 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Contents C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay Description 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay 2 Product Description 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Page Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 307
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2.
PAGE 308
2.
PAGE 309
2.
PAGE 310
2.1 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Compact NEMA Size 1 and 4 Starters New Compact NEMA Size 1 and 4 starters—available with electronic overload relay only. 2 Non-Reversing 2 NEMA Size 2 Continuous Ampere Rating Service Limit Current Rating (Amps) Maximum UL Horsepower Single-Phase Three-Phase 115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Three-Pole Non-Reversing Catalog Number Standard Fault Overload 2 1C 27 32 2 3 7.5 7.
PAGE 311
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2.1 Accessories 2 CT Kits 2 Accessories Description Safety Cover Catalog Number 2 ZEB-XSC 2 Safety Cover Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed. 2 2 Reset Bar 2 Reset Bar Assembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door mounted reset operators.
PAGE 312
2.
PAGE 313
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Modbus Communication Module The Modbus communication module combined with an expansion module and a communication adapter provides monitoring and control capability to the C440/XTOE electronic overload relay via Modbus RTU communications. These modules also provide convenient I/O with 24 Vdc or 120 Vac options.
PAGE 314
2.1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series PROFIBUS Communication Modules The PROFIBUS Features and Benefits communication module ● The PROFIBUS combined with an expansion communication module is module and a communication capable of baud rates adapter provides monitoring up to 12 Mb and control capability to the ● PROFIBUS address is C440 / XTOE electronic set via convenient DIP overload relay via PROFIBUS switches; LEDs are communications.
PAGE 315
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2.1 Technical Data and Specifications 2 Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A 2 Specification Description 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm Electrical Ratings Range Range Range Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 0.33–1.
PAGE 316
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2 Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued 2 Description 2 2 2 2 2 Specification 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm 5A 5A 5A 120V 15A 15A 15A 240V 15A 15A 15A 415V 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A 500V 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings Conventional thermal continuous current Rated operational current—IEC AC-15 Make contact (1800 VA) Break contact (180 VA) 2 120V 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A 240V 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A 2 415V 0.9A 0.9A 0.
PAGE 317
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2.1 Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued 2 Specification Description 2 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm Radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM 30 mHz to 1000 mHz 30 mHz to 1000 mHz 30 mHz to 1000 mHz Conducted emissions IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM 0.15 mHz to 30 mHz 0.15 mHz to 30 mHz 0.
PAGE 318
2.1 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Communication Modules Modbus DeviceNet PROFIBUS Ethernet 2 Radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A 30–1000 mHz 30–1000 mHz 30–1000 mHz 30–1000 mHz 2 Conducted emissions IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A 0.15–30 mHz 0.15–30 mHz 0.15–30 mHz 0.
PAGE 319
NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series 2.
PAGE 320
2.1 2 2 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Short Circuit Ratings (North America CSA, cUL) Changes to UL 508A and NEC in recent years have brought a focus to control panel safety with regard to short-circuit current ratings (SCCR). Eaton’s C440 electronic overload relays combined with XT series IEC and Freedom Series NEMA contactors provide a wide variety of SCCR solutions needed for a variety of applications. The SCCR data in this document reflects the latest information as of April 2010.
PAGE 321
2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 NEMA Starters 2 Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters 2 2 2 E 2 B 2 A 2 2 C A Sizes 00, 0 2 E B 2 2 E 2 B C 2 D Size 4 2 2 C D A Sizes 1, 2 A 2 D D 2 2 2 B E B 2 E 2 2 2 C A 2 C Size 3 2 Size 5 NEMA Size A B C D E 00, 0 1.97 (50.0) 6.60 (167.6) 4.90 (124.5) — 6.18 (157.0) 1, 2 2.60 (65.0) 7.10 (180.0) 4.98 (126.5) 2.00 (50.8) 6.50 (165.0) 3 3.00 (76.
PAGE 322
2.1 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Freedom Series Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Full Voltage Reversing Starters 2 2 B B B E E E 2 2 C D A 2 C D A Size 1 Sizes 00, 0 C D A Size 2 2 2 2 A 2 2 D E B B 2 E 2 2 C 2 2 Size 4 C D A Size 3 2 A D 2 2 2 E 2 B 2 2 C 2 2 2 2 2 2 Size 5 NEMA Size A B C D E 00, 0 5.20 (132.0) 7.40 (187.0) 4.90 (125.0) 3.50 (89.0) 6.90 (174.0) 1 6.70 (171.0) 7.10 (180.0) 4.98 (126.5) 5.25 (133.0) 5.70 (144.0) 2 6.
PAGE 323
NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series NEMA Space-Savings Family of Contactors and Starters 2.2 Contents Description Page Contactors and Starters Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 324
2.
PAGE 325
2.
PAGE 326
2.2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series 2 Accessories 2 Auxiliary Contacts—Overview Front-mounted snap-on auxiliary contacts for SpaceSavings contactors are available with screw terminals in a variety of contact configurations.
PAGE 327
NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series 2.2 Auxiliary Contacts XTCEXF_ 2 NEMA Size 0, 1— Front (Top) Mount—Two-Pole Conventional Thermal Current, Open at 60°C Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps Contact Configuration 16 2NO 2 Circuit Symbol 53 63 Pkg. Qty.
PAGE 328
2.2 2 XTCEXF_ 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series NEMA Sizes 2–4—Two-Pole Conventional Thermal Current, Open at 60°C Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps Contact Configuration 16 2NO 13 23 16 1NO-1NC 13 21 Circuit Symbol Pkg. Qty. 1 Screw Terminal Catalog Number 5 XTCEXFBG20 5 XTCEXFBG11 5 XTCEXFBG02 Pkg. Qty. 1 Screw Terminal Catalog Number 5 XTCEXFBG40 5 XTCEXFBG31 5 XTCEXFBG22 5 XTCEXFAG22 5 XTCEXFBG13 Pkg. Qty. 1 Screw Terminal Catalog Number 1 XTCEXSBN11 Pkg.
PAGE 329
NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Suppressors Additional Accessories The switching of contactor coils can generate voltage transients that may cause arching on switch contacts and/or damage electronics on the control line. Either an RC or varistor suppressor is recommended in these types of applications. All SpaceSavings DC contactor coils have built-in suppression. XTCEXVS_ 2.
PAGE 330
2.
PAGE 331
2.
PAGE 332
2.2 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Parallel Link Description XTCEXPLKB XTECXPLKC XTCEXPLKD XTCEXPLKG XTCEXPLK185 Terminal capacity 2 Solid (mm2) 1–16 16 16 — — Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (16–35) 1 x (16–120) — — 2 1 x (0.5–25) 2 x (0.5–16) Stranded (mm2) 1 x (0.5–25) 2 x (0.5–16) 1 x (16–50) 1 x (16–120) 1 x (35–300) 2 x (35–120) — 2 Flat conductor—number of segments x width x thickness (mm) 6 x 9 x 0.8 — — 2 x (11 x 21 x 1) 1 x (6 x 16 x 0.
PAGE 333
NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series 2.2 Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 0–2 2 Size 0 CN13BN010_ Size 1 CN13CN010_ Size 2 CN13GN000_ IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS 2 AC operated 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93] 0.9 [2.0] DC operated 0.48 [1.06] 0.48 [1.06] 1.1 [2.
PAGE 334
2.2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series 2 Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 0–2, continued 2 Description 2 2 2 2 Size 0 CN13BN010_ Size 1 CN13CN010_ Size 2 CN13GN000_ M5 M5 M6 General, continued Main cable connection screw/bolt Tightening torque Nm 3 3 3.3 Lb-in 26.6 26.6 29.2 1 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.
PAGE 335
NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series 2.2 Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 3, 4 2 Size 3 CN13KN000_ Size 4 CN13MN000_ IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS 2 AC operated 2 [4.41] 2 [4.41] DC operated 2 Description 2 General Standards 2 Weights in kg [lb] 2.1 [4.63] 2.1 [4.
PAGE 336
2.2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series 2 Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 3, 4, continued 2 Description 2 2 2 2 2 2 Size 3 CN13KN000_ Size 4 CN13MN000_ Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) General, continued Terminal capacity control circuit cable—screw terminals Solid or stranded (AWG) 18–14 18–14 M3.5 M3.5 Nm 1.2 1.2 Lb-in 10.6 10.
PAGE 337
2.2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Size 5 Description Size 5 CN13SN022_ Description Standards IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, UL, CSA Weights in kg [lb] 6.5 [14.3] Mechanical life—operations 10,000,000 3000 Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.
PAGE 338
2.2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Contents XTOE/XT Electronic Overload Relay Description 2 Page XTOE/XT Electronic Overload Relay Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 339
NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series 2.
PAGE 340
2.
PAGE 341
2.2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Product Selection 2 XT Electronic Overload Relays XTOE for Direct Mount to NEMA Size 1 2 XT Electronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to NEMA Space-Savings Contactors NEMA Space-Savings Size For Use with Contactor Overload Range (Amps) 0 CN13BN010_ 0.35–1.
PAGE 342
2.2 2 1–5A OL with CTs 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series XT Electronic Overload Relays for use with Size 5 NEMA Space-Savings Contactors Use CTs and 1-5A XT overload relay. CT kit does not include overload relay (order separately).
PAGE 343
NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series 2.2 Accessories 2 CT Kits 2 Accessories Description Safety Cover Catalog Number 2 ZEB-XSC 2 Safety Cover Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed. 2 2 Reset Bar 2 Reset Bar Assembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door mounted reset operators.
PAGE 344
2.
PAGE 345
NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Modbus Communication Module The Modbus module combined with an expansion module and a communication adapter provide Modbus communication capability to the XTOE electronic overload relay.
PAGE 346
2.2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series PROFIBUS Communication Modules The PROFIBUS module Features and Benefits combined with an expansion ● The PROFIBUS module and a communication communication module is adapter provide Modbus capable of baud rates communication capability to up to 12 Mb the XTOE electronic overload ● PROFIBUS address is relay.
PAGE 347
NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series 2.2 Technical Data and Specifications 2 Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A 2 Specification Description 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm Electrical Ratings Range Range Range Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 0.33–1.
PAGE 348
2.2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series 2 Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued 2 Description 2 2 2 2 2 Specification 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm 5A 5A 5A 120V 15A 15A 15A 240V 15A 15A 15A 415V 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A 500V 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings Conventional thermal continuous current Rated operational current—IEC AC-15 Make contact (1800 VA) Break contact (180 VA) 2 120V 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A 240V 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A 2 415V 0.9A 0.9A 0.
PAGE 349
NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series 2.2 Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued 2 Specification Description 2 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm Radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM 30 MHz to 1000 MHz 30 MHz to 1000 MHz 30 MHz to 1000 MHz Conducted emissions IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz 0.
PAGE 350
2.2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Communication Modules Modbus DeviceNet PROFIBUS Ethernet 2 Radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 2 Conducted emissions IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz 0.
PAGE 351
NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series 2.
PAGE 352
2.2 2 2 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Short Circuit Ratings (North America CSA, cUL) Changes to UL 508A and NEC in recent years have brought a focus to control panel safety with regard to short-circuit current ratings (SCCR). Eaton’s XTOE electronic overload relays combined with XT Series IEC, Freedom Series NEMA and XT NEMA contactors provide a wide variety of SCCR solutions needed for a variety of applications.
PAGE 353
NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series 2.2 Coil Data—Frames B, C, G CN13B_ NEMA Size 0 CN13C_ NEMA Size 1 CN13G_ NEMA Size 2 AC operated 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 DC operated 0.7–1.2 1 0.7–1.2 1 0.7–1.2 1 AC operated 0.3–0.6 0.3–0.6 0.3–0.6 DC operated 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6 Description 2 2 Voltage Tolerance 2 Pickup (x Uc) 2 Dropout (x Uc) 2 Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.
PAGE 354
2.2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series 2 Coil Data—Frames K–M 2 Description 2 2 Coil Data—Frame S CN13K_ NEMA Size 3 CN13M_ NEMA Size 4 CN13S_ NEMA Size 5 Description Voltage Tolerance Voltage Tolerance Pickup (x Uc) Pickup (x Uc) 0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax AC operated 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 Dropout (x Uc) 0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax DC operated 0.7–1.2 1 0.7–1.2 1 Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc 2 Dropout (x Uc) AC operated 0.25–0.6 0.25–0.
PAGE 355
2.2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Current Heat Loss (Three-Pole) in Watts Description CN13BN0_ CN13CN0_ CN13GN0_ CN13KN0_ CN13MN0_ 7.3 12.1 28.8 20.3 30.7 2 2 Current heat loss (three-pole) in watts at Ith at Ie to AC-3/400V Impedance per pole, megohms 1.9 6.1 19 15.9 27.0 2 2 1.5 0.4 0.4 2 2 2 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 2 Contactors 2 Type CN13 NEMA Size 0 and 1 2 2 38 [1.50] 2 71 [2.80] 60.4 [2.38] 2 x M4 Dia. 85 [3.
PAGE 356
2.2 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] Type CN13 NEMA Size 3 and 4 2 4 x M6 Dia. 2 156 [6.14] 2 156 [6.14] 57 [2.24] 76.5 [3.01] 2 170 [6.69] 2 2 2 2 2 90 [3.54] 2 2 2 2 70 [2.79] 82.5 [3.25] 85.5 [3.37] 142 [5.59] 111 [4.37] Note: Sideways distance to grounded parts: 10 mm [0.39 in] 160 [6.30] Type CN13 NEMA Size 5 160 [6.30] 140 [5.51] 11 [0.43] Dia. 2 M6 Dia. 2 2 2 189 [7.44] 164 180 [6.46] [7.09] 160 [6.30] 2 2 20 [0.
PAGE 357
2.2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 2 XTAE Starters with XTOE Overload Relay Type AN13 NEMA Size 0 and 1 140.0 [5.50] 98.0 [3.80] Mounting Holes for M4 or #8 Screws (2 places) 161.0 [6.30] 2 Type AN13 NEMA Size 3 45.0 [1.77] 35.0 [1.38] 75.0 [2.95] 117.3 [4.62] 7.8 [0.31] 111.8 [4.40] 2 90.0 [3.54] Mtg. 2 Mtg. Holes for (4) M6 or #10 Screws 70.0 [2.76] 2 175.0 [6.89] 160.0 [6.30] 2 2.5–3.0 Nm [22–26 lb-in] 18.2 [0.71] Trip/Test 102.7 [4.
PAGE 358
2.2 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Space-Savings Series Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] Reversing Contactors Type CN53 Size 0, 1 and 2 2 2 2 H 2 2 2 2 2 2 W D Size 0 and 1 Size 2 W H D W H D 90 [3.54] 85 [3.34] 138 [5.43] 110 [4.33] 115 [4.53] 146.8 [5.78] Type CN53 Size 3 and 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 299 314 [11.77] [12.36] 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 176 [6.93] M6 196 [7.72] 183 [7.20] 2 2 2 2 2 V5-T2-100 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—December 2015 www.eaton.
PAGE 359
NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series 2.3 Contents Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing Description Page A200 Series Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heater Selection . . . . .
PAGE 360
2.3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Size 7, 900A, 600V, Open Size 8, 1350A, 600V, Open Size 9, 2500A, 600V, Open Class A201 Size 7 and 8 contactors are DC operated side clapper design with the shaft mounted on dual needle bearings to ensure positive contact alignment and long contact life. A steel panel base permits mounting on angle or channel without additional support, for versatile low cost installation.
PAGE 361
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Product Selection 2 Non-Reversing, Sizes 00–9 2 When Ordering Specify 2 Order by catalog number from the table below, plus suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes. A201 Size 1 Contactor 2 2 Front Connected Contactors Max.
PAGE 362
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series 2 Reversing, Sizes 00–9 2 When Ordering Specify 2 2 2 Order by catalog number from the table below, plus suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes. Size 1 Horizontal Reversing Contactor 2 Class A211—Horizontally Mounted and Class A251—Vertically Mounted Reversing Contactors Max.
PAGE 363
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Dimensions 2 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. 2 Non-Reversing Open Contactors Figure A—Sizes 00–4 A210 Figure B—Size 5 0.38 x 0.5 (9.7 x 12.7) 2 Mounting Slots 0.22 (5.6) Dia. Hole A 2 G 2 C F 2 0.12 (3.0) D 2 B D 2 B C E 2 0.38 (9.7) Dia. Open End Mounting Slot (2 Places) G 0.20 (5.1) 4 Mounting Slots E E 2 E A 2 H 2 2 Figure D—Sizes 7–9 Figure C—Size 6 0.38 x 0.5 (9.
PAGE 364
2.3 2 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Reversing Open Contactors Figure A—Sizes 00–4 Horizontal 2 A G G F 2 Figure C—Sizes 5, 6 Horizontal C D B 2 2 E 2 0.20 (5.1) Dia. 3 Mounting Slots E 2 D C A Figure B—Sizes 00–4 Vertical 2 A Figure E—Sizes 7–9 Vertical A E C H G H 2 2 G Figure D—Sizes 5, 6 Vertical C 2 2 E 2 E H F 2 2 B D D B E 2 C 0.20 (5.1) Dia. 3 Mtg.
PAGE 365
NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series 2.3 Contents Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing Description Page Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 366
2.3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series NEMA Sizes 5–9; Three-Phase 75 to 1600 hp Non-reversing (Class A200), and reversing (Classes A210, A250) full voltage starters are used for across-the-line starting of squirrel cage induction motors. They are used with motors rated above 50 hp at 230V, and above 100 hp at 460 through 600V.
PAGE 367
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Product Selection 2 Non-Reversing, Sizes 00–9 When Ordering Specify Order by catalog number from the tables to the right, plus suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes. Size 3 Starter 2 Heaters Enter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from the tables on Pages V5-T2-139 and V5-T2-140, as required per starter. 2 2 2 2 Non-Reversing Starters Max.
PAGE 368
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series 2 Reversing, Sizes 00–9 2 When Ordering Specify 2 2 Order by catalog number from table below, plus suffix for coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes. Heaters Enter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from the tables on Pages V5-T2-139 and V5-T2-140, as required per starter. 2 2 2 Size 1 Horizontal Reversing Starter 2 Reversing Starters Max.
PAGE 369
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series For Separate Two-Winding Motors 2 Heaters Enter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from the tables on Pages V5-T2-139 and V5-T2-140, as required per starter.
PAGE 370
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series 2 Accessories 2 SS-56 Surge Suppressor ● Designed to be used with magnetic motor controllers through Size 4 in 120V, 60 Hz control circuit applications where electronic equipment is used ● Steady state coil volts: 120, 60 Hz, rms 2 2 2 2 2 ● ● ● ● Peak input volts: 169.6, 60 Hz, max. amplitude Max. ambient temperature: 65°C Nominal limiting volts: 270 peak Nominal rate of volt rise: 0.
PAGE 371
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Power Pole Kit ● Adds 1NO or 1NC power pole to Size 00–1 A201 Class contactors ● Factory installed or field mountable in load side auxiliary cavities ● ● 600 Vac Continuous current rating of 18A for Size 0, 27A for Size 1 DC Coil Conversion Kits Kits listed below include all necessary parts to convert from AC to DC control including the DC coil with built-in diode, rectifier, auxiliary interlock and all mounting hardware.
PAGE 372
2.3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Overload Protection Overload Protection Size 5 Starters Type B overload relay is a three-pole, block type, thermal ambient compensated device with manual reset mounted integrally. Current transformers are enclosed in a protective case and integrally mounted to save panel space. Standard ratio is 300:5. panel which connects directly to the load terminal of the contactor. Current transformers are 600:5 ratio as standard.
PAGE 373
NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series 2.3 Renewal Parts 2 When Ordering Specify Use this renewal parts data to identify device by style number, catalog number and/or description. Select style number of replacement part from the following pages. For clarification of ordering procedure, pricing and discounts, contact the Customer Support Center.
PAGE 374
2.
PAGE 375
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Accessories for Size 5–9 AC Contactors A rectifier circuit converts the AC supply to DC supply. This conversion provides pick up and drop out characteristics. All necessary parts are included in the kit.
PAGE 376
2.
PAGE 377
NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series 2.
PAGE 378
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series 2 Modifications 2 Factory Modifications 2 Catalog Number Suffix NEMA Size Modification Description Control circuit 1 Extra auxiliary contact (1NO-1NC) non-reversing, reversing, 2-speed unwired J1 Consult sales office for pricing adders. 2 2 Extra auxiliary contact non-reversing, reversing, 2-speed unwired J2 Consult sales office for pricing adders. 2 3 Extra auxiliary contact non-reversing, unwired J3 Consult sales office for pricing adders.
PAGE 379
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Technical Data and Specifications 2 Electrical Characteristics Sizes 00–4 Max. voltage rating 2 Sizes 5–9 Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V Ampere rating Max.
PAGE 380
2.3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series DC Power Pole Ratings The following represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.
PAGE 381
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Mechanical Characteristics 2 NEMA Standard ICS 2-110 Direct-current operated contactors shall withstand 110% of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and shall close successfully at 80% of their rated voltage. 2 Alternating-current operated contactors shall withstand 110% of their rated voltage continuously without injury to the operating coils and shall close successfully at 85% of their rated voltage.
PAGE 382
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series 2 Combination Ratings 2 Sizes 00–2 2 2 Short-Circuit Protective Device (SCPD) Sizes 3 and 4 Max. Rating SCPD Circuit Breaker Interrupting Rating Short-Circuit Withstand Capability Current Voltage Short-Circuit Protective Device (SCPD) Max.
PAGE 383
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Dimensions 2 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. 2 Open Non-Reversing Starters Figure A—Sizes 00–4 Figure B—Size 5 A C 2 0.38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7) (2 Mtg. Slots) D B 2 G 2 B D 2 K G F E 2 M J L E E 2 M Term. Lug Supplied When Ordered Reset Travel L C F E A H Reset Rod CL Cont’r Mtg.
PAGE 384
2.3 2 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. Open Reversing Starters Figure A—Sizes 00–4 Horizontal Figure B—Sizes 00–4 Vertical A 2 A C G F C F G 2 2 N D 2 B D 2 2 B 0.28 (7.1) Dia. 3 Mtg. Holes K 0.28 (7.1) Dia. 3 Mtg. Holes M Reset Travel J E L K 2 Reset Travel J 2 M L E 2 Dimensions and Shipping Weights 2 NEMA Size Number of Poles Fig. No.
PAGE 385
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. 2 Open Multi-Speed Starters 2 Figure A—Sizes 00–4 A G F 2 C 2 2 D 2 B 2 K 2 N M J R Reset Travel L 0.2 (5.1) Dia. 3 Mounting Slots 2 E 2 2 Figure B—Sizes 2 G A C 2 2 2 B D 2 2 K J 0.2 (5.1) Dia. 3 Mounting Slots E M 2 Reset Travel L 2 Dimensions and Shipping Weights 2 Mounting Screws NEMA Size Number of Poles Fig. No.
PAGE 386
2.3 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Contents Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip Description 2 Page Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instruction Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset. . . . . . . . Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . . Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . .
PAGE 387
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Standards and Certifications Ambient Compensation Motor overload protection can be provided with the same trip characteristics in ambient temperature from –40° to 77°C (–40° to 167°F). A compensating bimetal maintains a constant “travel to trip” distance independent of ambient conditions. The compensating feature is fully automatic and no adjustments are required over wide fluctuations in ambient temperatures.
PAGE 388
2.3 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Contents Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset Description 2 Page Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 389
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Product Selection 2 Heaters Enter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from tables, Pages V5-T2-139 and V5-T2-140, as required per starter. 2 2 2 2 2 Relays Type B Overload Relay Panel Mounting Thermal Type B Overload Relay 2 Starter Mounted Panel Mounted Motor Full Load Amps Ambient Comp. Catalog Number Non-Comp.
PAGE 390
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series 2 Technical Data 2 Control Contact Ratings—NEMA B600 NO and NC Control Contact Rating 2 AC Volts Make Break 24–120 30A 3A 120–600 3600 VA 360 VA 2 2 2 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. 2 Thermal Type B Overload Relays Sizes 1 and 2—Three-Pole, Panel Mounted 2 Sizes 3 and 4—Three-Pole, Panel Mounted 0.2 (5.1) Dia. 6 Mtg. Slots 0.28 (7.1) Dia. 3 Mtg. Slots 2 .
PAGE 391
NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series 2.3 Contents Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset Description Page Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . . Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 392
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series 2 Product Selection 2 Heaters Enter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from tables, Pages V5-T2-139 and V5-T2-140, as required per starter. 2 2 2 2 2 Relays Type A Overload Relay Single-Pole Panel Mounting Thermal Type A Overload Relay 1 Panel Mounted Starter Replacement Ambient Comp. Non-Comp. Ambient Comp. Non-Comp.
PAGE 393
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Dimensions 2 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. 2 Type A Single-Pole (Sizes 4 Shown) Three-Pole (Size 4 Shown) C N Q 2 E D 2 P C 2 A Trip Indicator K Dia. A 2 Mtg. Holes 2 G F R 2 R Common Terminal 2 N B Q T J Dia.—3 Mtg.
PAGE 394
2.3 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Contents Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 Description 2 Page Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset. . . . . . . . Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . . Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . .
PAGE 395
NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series 2.3 Product Selection Type FT Single-Pole 2 Type FT Single-Pole (One NC Contact); Three-Phase (Three NC Contacts in Series) 1 Panel Mounted 2 Starter Replacement Motor Full Load Amperes Single-Pole Three-Pole Catalog Number Catalog Number NEMA Size Catalog Number Single-Pole 0.76–1.1 FT11P-1.1 FT13P-1.1 — FT11A-1.1 1.1–1.6 FT11P-1.6 FT13P-1.6 — FT11A-1.6 1.6–2.4 FT11P-2.4 FT13P-2.4 0, 1 FT11A-2.4 2.4–3.6 FT11P-3.6 FT13P-3.
PAGE 396
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series 2 Dimensions 2 Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. 2 Type FT Overload Relays 2 Three-Pole, Size 1 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 0.11 (2.8) 0.17 (4.3) 2 2 0.22 (5.6) 1.30 (33.0) 0.17 (4.3) 3 Mtg. Holes 0.50 0.19 (12.7) (4.8) 1.00 (25.4) 0.63 (16.0) 0.11 (2.8) 4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos. 4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos. 3.48 (88.4) 3.28 (83.3) 1.64 0.22 (41.7) (5.6) 2 2 1.30 (33.0) 2 2 0.19 0.06 (4.8) (1.5) 0.
PAGE 397
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Heater Selection 2 General Information on Heater Coil Selection For maximum motor protection and compliance with Article 430-32 of the National Electrical Code, select heater coils from the tables in this section on the basis of motor nameplate full load current. When the full load current is unknown, selection may be made on the basis of average full load currents as shown on Pages V5-T2-155 and V5-T2-156.
PAGE 398
2.3 2 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 0, 1 and 2 Non-Compensated Open Starters and Ambient Comp. Open and Enclosed Starters Size Starter Block Type Overload sing Three Heaters Non-Compensating Enclosed Starters Single-Pole Type Overload Heater (One Heater per Catalog Number) Catalog Number Block Type Overload Using Three Heaters Single-Pole Type Overload Heater Catalog Number Full Load Current of Motor (Amps) 2 0.25–0.27 0.29–0.31 FH03 0.24–0.
PAGE 399
NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series 2.3 Contents Relays—Current Sensing Protective Description Page Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . . Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . . Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Heater Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 400
2.
PAGE 401
2.3 NEMA Contactors and Starters A200 Series Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Current Sensing Protective Relays 2 IQ504 2 2 4.88 (124.0) 2 2 3.0 2.5 (63.5) (76.2) 2 3.25 (82.6) 2 2 2.88 (73.2) 2 0.81 (20.6) Dia. 3.59 (91.2) 4.5 (114.3) 2 5.47 (138.9) 2 2 IQ500L and IQ502 0.19 (4.8) Dia. 2 0.5 (12.7) 0.44 (11.2) Dia. 2 4.88 (124.0) 0.164-32 Tap 2 Holes 2 1.19 0.78 (30.2) (19.8) 2 2 4.13 (104.9) 4.13 (104.9) 2 2.75 (69.9) 0.53 (13.5) 1.88 (47.8) 2 2 2 0.
PAGE 402
2.4 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Solenoids—Alternating Current Contents Solenoids—Alternating Current Description 2 Page Solenoids—Alternating Current Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 403
2.4 NEMA Contactors and Starters Solenoids—Alternating Current Product Selection 2 When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number 2 2 10370 AC Solenoids—60 Hz, Continuous Duty Operating Data 1 At 85% Voltage Max. At 100% At 85% At 100% At 85% Stroke in Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Inches (mm) Inrush Sealed Without Conduit Box Wall Mtg. Floor Mtg. Catalog Catalog Number Number Magnetic Force in Lbs Horizontal Position Size Volt.
PAGE 404
2.4 2 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Solenoids—Alternating Current Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) AC Solenoids Wall Mounted Floor Mounted 2 2 E 2 D A 2 2 2 D A C E C Dimensions and Shipping Weights 2 2 B B Push Type Size Wide A Mounting High B1 Deep C D Pull Type Mounting E Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) Wide A High B1 Deep C D E Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 2.0 (0.9) Wall Mounted A 2.38 (60.5) 3.63 (92.2) 2.25 (57.2) 1.13 (28.7) 1.63 (41.4) 2.0 (0.9) 2.
PAGE 405
NEMA Contactors and Starters Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic 2.5 Contents Shoe Brakes—AC and DC, 511 Series Description Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2 V5-T2-148 V5-T2-150 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Product Description Application Description Type S Brakes from Eaton’s Electrical Sector are electrically released and spring applied providing “fail-safe” operation.
PAGE 406
2.
PAGE 407
2.5 NEMA Contactors and Starters Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic Brake Selection The method most generally used to determine required braking torque is to calculate the full load motor torque by the following formula: 2 Brake Wheels Straight Bore 1 3 Tapered Bore 2 2 Base 3 2 T = 5252 x hp rpm Wheel Size in Inches Min. Max. Pilot Bore in Bore in Bore in Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) WK2 Base Catalog Number Catalog Number T = Full load motor torque in lb-ft 4.0 0.50 (12.7) 1.38 (35.
PAGE 408
2.5 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Standard Brake Wheels 2 Z 2 2 2 A Y 2 2 X 2 W 2 Standard Brake Wheel Dimensions 2 A Z W1 X Y Max. Min. 2 4.00 (101.6) 2.75 (69.9) 1.63 (41.4) 1.38 (35.1) 2.50 (63.5) 1.38 (35.1) 0.50 (12.7) 5.50 (139.7) 3.25 (82.6) 2.00 (50.8) 1.63 (41.4) 3.25 (82.6) 2.00 (50.8) 0.75 (19.1) 2 7.00 (177.8) 4.25 (108.0) 3.00 (76.2) 1.25 (31.8) 4.00 (101.6) 2.25 (57.
PAGE 409
2.5 NEMA Contactors and Starters Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 2 Type S4, S5-1/2 and S7 Solenoid Operated R U E 2 2 Q 2 P K M L 2 2 C A J B O 2 Hub Length 2 N D T F S (2) “H” Dia. Holes for Mounting D 2 G 2 Type “S” AC Shoe Brakes Brake Size Torque Rating ft-lb S-4 A B1 C D E F G H J K L M N O P Q R 2 3 4.00 (101.6) 2.88 (73.2) 7.50 (190.5) 2.63 (66.8) 1.25 (31.8) 7.50 (190.5) 3.13 (79.5) 0.38 (9.7) 0.63 (16.
PAGE 410
2.6 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters Reference Data Reference Data IEC Utilization Categories Used in Technical Data and Formulas (See also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.1.18/IEV 441-17-19) Code A combination of specified requirements relating to the condition in which the switching device or fuse fulfills its purpose and selected to represent a characteristic group of reallife applications.
PAGE 411
NEMA Contactors and Starters Reference Data 2.
PAGE 412
2.
PAGE 413
2.6 NEMA Contactors and Starters Reference Data Motor Ratings Data Ampere Rating of AC and DC Motors Ampere ratings of motors vary somewhat, depending upon the type of motor. The values given below are for drip-proof, Class B insulated (T Frame) where available, 1.15 service factor, NEMA Design B motors. These values represent an average full load motor current which was calculated from the motor performance data published by several motor manufacturers.
PAGE 414
2.6 2 2 2 Reference Data Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor, continued Current in Amperes hp Syn. Speed RPM 200V 230V 380V 1 460V 575V 25 3600 69.9 60.8 36.8 30.4 24.3 — 1800 74.5 64.8 39.2 32.4 25.9 — 2 2 NEMA Contactors and Starters 1200 75.4 65.6 39.6 32.8 26.2 — 900 77.4 67.3 40.7 33.7 27.0 — 3600 84.8 73.7 44.4 36.8 29.4 — 2 1800 86.9 75.6 45.7 37.8 30.2 — 1200 90.6 78.8 47.6 39.4 31.5 — 2 900 94.1 81.8 49.5 40.
PAGE 415
2.6 NEMA Contactors and Starters Reference Data DC Motors The following values of fullload currents are for motors running at base speed. Three-Phase AC Motors The following values of fullload currents are typical for motors running at speeds usual for belted motors and motors with normal torque characteristics. These are average directcurrent quantities. full-load current varying with speed. In these cases the nameplate current rating shall be used. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages.
PAGE 416
NEMA Manual Starters MS Series, Single-Phase Starters 3.1 Starters and Switches Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types B230, B330, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MS Series, Single-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 417
3.1 3 NEMA Manual Starters Starters and Switches Contents Starters and Switches Description 3 Page Starters and Switches Types B230, B330, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MS Series, Single-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches . . . . . . .
PAGE 418
NEMA Manual Starters Starters and Switches 3.1 Contents Types B230, B330 Switches Description Page Types B230, B330, Switches Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MS Series, Single-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters . . . . Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 419
3.
PAGE 420
NEMA Manual Starters Starters and Switches 3.1 Dimensions 3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 3 B230AN 1.30 (33.0) 3 1.11 (28.2) 3 3 2.38 (60.5) 4.06 3.28 (103.1) (83.3) 3 2.27 (57.7) 3 2–#6-32 Tapped Holes for Wall Plate 3 3 Approximate Shipping Weight 4 oz. (0.11 kg) 3 B230BN and B330AN 2.25 (57.2) 0.06 (1.5) 1.12 (28.4) 3 1.44 (36.6) 3 3 4–#6-32 Tap 3.78 3.28 2.38 (96.0) (83.3) (60.5) 3 2.75 (69.9) 3 2–0.20 (5.1) Dia. Mtg. Holes 3 3 Approximate Shipping Weight 6 oz.
PAGE 421
3.1 3 NEMA Manual Starters Starters and Switches Contents MS Series, Single-Phase Starters Description 3 Page Types B230, B330, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MS Series, Single-Phase Starters Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters . . . . Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 422
NEMA Manual Starters Starters and Switches 3.
PAGE 423
3.
PAGE 424
NEMA Manual Starters Starters and Switches 3.1 Accessories 3 MS Accessories Description Catalog Number Pilot light kit (NEMA 1 enclosure and flush plates) MSPT Box, 1 unit (NEMA 1 enclosure) MS1BN Cover, 1 unit (NEMA 1 enclosure) MS1CN Flush plate, 1 unit (steel) MS1FN Flush plate, 1 unit (stainless steel) MS1DN Handle guard (padlockable for NEMA 1 enclosure and flush plates) MSLG 3 3 3 3 3 3 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) MS Motor Starter Toggle Operated Open Units 0.
PAGE 425
3.1 3 NEMA Manual Starters Starters and Switches Contents Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters Description 3 Page Types B230, B330, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MS Series, Single-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 426
3.
PAGE 427
3.1 3 3 3 3 NEMA Manual Starters Starters and Switches Heater Selection—Three-Phase Enclosed Starters 2 Motor Full Load Current Maximum Fuse Amps Catalog Number Motor Full Load Current Maximum Fuse Amps Catalog Number Motor Full Load Current Maximum Fuse Amps Catalog Number 0.25–0.26 1 FH03 1.51–1.66 5 FH21 7.12–7.73 25 FH38 0.27–0.29 1 FH04 1.67–1.84 6 FH22 7.74–8.40 25 FH39 0.30–0.32 1 FH05 1.85–2.03 7 FH23 8.41–9.12 30 FH40 0.33–0.35 1 FH06 2.04–2.23 7 FH24 9.
PAGE 428
NEMA Manual Starters Starters and Switches 3.1 Technical Data and Specifications 3 Type B100 Starters NEMA Size Maximum hp for AC Ratings 1 Maximum hp for DC Ratings 120 Vac 208–240 Vac 115 Vdc 480–600 Vac 3 3 230 Vdc Two-Pole, Single-Phase 3 M-0 1 2 — 1 1-1/2 M-1 2 3 — 1-1/2 2 3 3 Three-Pole, Three-Phase M-0 2 3 5 — — M-1 3 7-1/2 10 — — 3 3 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 3 Type 1 Enclosed 4.72 (119.9) 2.36 (59.9) Type 4 Enclosed 4.98 (126.5) 3.
PAGE 429
3.1 3 3 NEMA Manual Starters Starters and Switches Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Type 7 and 9 Enclosed 3 Type 12 Enclosed 7.13 (181.1) 3.56 (90.4) 3 3 6.03 (153.2) 3 3 12.06 (306.3) 3 5.13 (130.3) 8.38 (212.9) 4.19 (106.4) 10.25 (260.4) 4.06 (130.1) 3 1 (25.4)-11.50 NPSK 2 Holes 0.27 (6.9) 8.28 (210.3) 9.19 (233.4) 9.41 (239.0) 0.41 (10.4) Slot 2 Req'd. 1.5 (38.1) 3.0 (76.2) 1.38 (35.1) 3 5.97 (151.6) 7.77 (197.4) 6.31 (160.3) 3 2.33 (59.2) 4.78 (121.4) 0.88 (22.4) 6.
PAGE 430
NEMA Manual Starters Starters and Switches 3.1 Contents Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches Description Types B230, B330, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MS Series, Single-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters . . . . Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 431
3.
PAGE 432
NEMA Manual Starters Starters and Switches 3.
PAGE 433
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters 0–40A Compact Contactor 4.1 Product Overview—Contactors and Starters Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 4.3 4.
PAGE 434
4.1 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Product Overview—Contactors and Starters Contents Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Description 4 Contactors 20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole— C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . Starters 25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase— A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 435
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Product Overview—Contactors and Starters 4.1 Catalog Number Selection 4 Definite Purpose Control—Contactors and Starters 4 C 25 D N A 2 15 A A 161 -84 Model C = Contactor A = Three-phase starter B = Single-phase starter 4 Options Blank = Individual pkg. GL = Global listed -84 = 20 pc./pkg. (C25D_) 50 pc./pkg.
PAGE 436
4.2 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors Contents 20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 Description 4 20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 437
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors 4.
PAGE 438
4.2 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors 4 Options 4 When Ordering Specify To order replace letter in the 6th position of catalog number with letter F. Example: C25BNF240A.
PAGE 439
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors 4.2 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 4 Single-Pole and Single-Pole + Shunt 4 0.03 (0.8) 0.21 (5.2) 4 0.25 (6.3) 4 4 4 3.19 (81) 1.50 1.77 2.40 (38) (45) (61) 4 4 1.61 (41) 4 2.32 (59) 1.97 (50) 4 Approximate Shipping Weight 4 0.5 lb (0.2 kg) 4 Two-Pole 0.03 (0.8) 0.21 (5.2) 4 0.25 (6.3) 4 4 4 3.19 (81) 1.50 1.77 2.40 (38) (45) (61) 4 4 1.61 (41) 1.97 (50) 4 2.
PAGE 440
4.2 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors Contents 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 Description 4 Page 20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 441
4.2 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors Product Selection 4 When Ordering Specify ● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-10 ● Catalog numbers of accessory kits required, see Accessories, Page V5-T4-11 ● Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-13 DP Contactor 4 4 C25 Contactors—Open Type Locked Rotor Maximum Motor (hp) Single- ThreePhase Phase Maximum Motor (kW) Single- ThreePhase Phase 115 90 3/4 — 0.
PAGE 442
4.2 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors Magnet Coil Suffix 4 Voltage 60 Hertz 4 AC 50 Hertz Coil Suffix 1 Voltage 60 Hertz DC Coil Suffix 9 4 12 2 12 R 12 4 24 3 24 T 24 1T 110–120 4 110–120 4 A 48 1W 208 5 — E 120 1A j 208–240 6 208–240 B 240 7 220 J 277 — H 4 — 380–415 L 4 440–480 440–480 C 550–600 8 550–600 D 4 4 4 1R Notes 1 Class H AC coils available as option for 15A–50A contactor. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter.
PAGE 443
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors 4.
PAGE 444
4.
PAGE 445
4.2 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors Options 4 To order C25, C65, A25 and B25 contactors and starters with the factory installed options listed below, change the basic catalog number listed in the product selection table as noted.
PAGE 446
4.
PAGE 447
4.
PAGE 448
4.2 4 4 Contactors Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) C25 Contactors, Open Type and Open Type—Reversing 15–75 Ampere (Non-Reversing) 4 4 F C Mtg. Holes/Slots for 8 Screws J GD B H E C Mtg. Holes/Slots for 16 Screws 7/32 Hex Socket (6 places) (2) 0.25 x 0.032 Male with Quick Connects (6 places) 4 4 GD H E C 1NO Auxiliary Contact with 0.25 x 0.032 Male Quick Connects at Left 0.393 (10.0) DIA 0.20 (5.2) 0.20 (5.2) 4.43 4.63 (112.5) (117.5) B 4 0.20 (5.
PAGE 449
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block 4.2 Contents Description Page 20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . . 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . . . .
PAGE 450
4.2 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors 4 Product Selection 4 Optional Three-Pole Fuse Block 4 4 4 4 4 Available only on three-pole, 15–50A contactors Designed to save space and reduce installation costs, these three-pole fuse blocks will accommodate a variety of fuse classes and fuse holders to satisfy a wide range of electrical/electronic applications such as commercial space and water heaters, dishwashers, food coolers and sterilizing equipment.
PAGE 451
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors 4.2 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 Three-Pole Fuse Block and Contactor 4 4 4 B 4 4 C A Front View Side View Wide High Amps Volts A B C G 15 600 2.41 (61) 2.81 (71) 5.14 (131) 2.41 (61) 2.81 (71) 5.14 (131) 2.41 (61) 2.81 (71) 5.14 (131) 2.62 (67) 4.25 (108) 5.18 (132) 20 30 480 60 H 30 250 60 J 30 600 60 M 30 600 R 30 250 60 T 4 Deep Fuse Size Class 3.00 (76) 3.03 (77) 5.33 (135) 4.
PAGE 452
4.2 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors Contents 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 Description 4 20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . . 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 453
4.
PAGE 454
4.2 4 4 4 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Contactors Magnet Coil Suffix Volts 60 Hz 50 Hz Coil Suffix 1 12 12 R 24 24 T 110–120 2 110–120 2 A 208–240 208–240 B 4 240 3 220 J 277 — H 4 — 380–415 L 440–480 440–480 C 550–600 550–600 D 4 4 Magnet Coil Options 4 Description 4 Extra dual quick connect terminals (“U” shaped) for magnet coil terminals. To order, add Suffix Number 9 to the complete catalog number. Example: C65DND315A9.
PAGE 455
4.3 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters Contents 25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 Description Page 25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Trip Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 456
4.3 4 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters Product Selection A25 Starter 4 Single- and Three-Phase Starters—Open Type Ampere Rating Single-Phase 12 Three-Phase 1 Maximum Motor (hp) Maximum Motor (kW) Common Control Separate Control Common Control Separate Control 4 Inductive Full Load Line Voltage Locked Rotor SinglePhase ThreePhase SinglePhase ThreePhase Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3 4 25 115 150 2 — 1.
PAGE 457
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters 4.3 Overload Relay General Overload relays are provided to protect motors, motor control apparatus and motorbranch circuit conductors against excessive heating due to motor overloads and failure to start. This definition does not include: 1) motor circuits over 600 volts, 2) short-circuits, 3) ground faults and 4) fire pump control. (NEC Art.
PAGE 458
4.3 4 4 4 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters Accessories Contactor Accessories, see Pages V5-T4-11 and V5-T4-12. Locking Cover for Overload Relay Snap-on transparent or opaque plastic panel for covering access port to the overload relay trip setting dial—helps prevent accidental or unauthorized changes to trip and reset setting. Locking Cover for Overload Relay Locking Cover Description Minimum Order Quantity (Std. Pkg.
PAGE 459
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters 4.3 Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater Packs Manual or Automatic Reset Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs. 4 4 4 Standard Trip Ratings Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1 A B C D Catalog Number 2 (Includes Three Heater Packs) 0.254 0.306 0.359 0.411 H2001B-3 Dial Position 0.375 0.452 0.53 0.607 H2002B-3 0.56 0.676 0.791 0.907 H2003B-3 0.814 0.983 1.15 1.32 H2004B-3 1.2 1.
PAGE 460
4.3 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters Overload Relay UL/CSA Contact Ratings Control Circuit AC Volts 120V 240V 480V 600V 4 NC Contact B600 4 Make and break 30A 15A 7.5A 6A Break 3A 1.5A 0.75A 0.6A Continuous 5A 5A 5A 5A Make and break 15A 7.5A 3.375A 3A Break 1.5A 0.75A 0.375A 0.3A Continuous 2.5A 2.5A 2.5A 2.
PAGE 461
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters 4.3 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 A25 and B25 Starers—Open Type 4 25 and 30 Ampere H A H 4 40, 50 and 60 Ampere C H A H C 4 4 B BE 4 E 4 4 G D Mtg. for #10-32 Screw G D Mtg. for #10-32 Screw 4 Dimensions and Shipping Weights Ampere Size Wide A High B Deep C Deep D Mounting E Mounting G Auxiliary Contact Adder H Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 25 and 30 2.50 (64.0) 7.14 (181.0) 3.56 (90.4) 3.69 (93.7) 6.
PAGE 462
4.3 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters Contents 15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27 Description 4 Page 25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 . . . . 15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Trip Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 463
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters 4.3 Product Selection A27 Starter 4 Three-Phase Starter—Open Type Common Control Ampere Rating 4 Separate Control Metal Mounting Plate DIN Rail Adapter Metal Mounting Plate DIN Rail Adapter 4 Inductive Full Load Line Voltage Locked Rotor Maximum Motor (hp) Maximum Motor (kW) Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 4 15 115 90 — — A27CNC15_ A27CRC15_ A27SNC15_ A27SRC15_ 230 90 3 2.
PAGE 464
4.3 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters Single-Phase Starter—Open Type, B27 4 Common Control 4 Ampere Rating Separate Control Metal Mounting Plate DIN Rail Adapter Metal Mounting Plate DIN Rail Adapter 4 Inductive Full Load Line Voltage Locked Rotor Maximum Motor (hp) Maximum Motor (kW) Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 4 15 115 90 3/4 0.4 B27CNC15_ B27CRC15_ B27SNC15_ B27SRC15_ 230 90 2 1.
PAGE 465
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters 4.3 Renewal Parts 4 Overload Relays 4 Suffix Code For use with Contactor Ampere Range Overload Relay Catalog Number 0.1–0.16 P16 15–25A XTOBP16CC1DP 0.16–0.24 P24 15–25A XTOBP24CC1DP 0.24–0.4 P40 15–25A XTOBP40CC1DP 0.4–0.6 P60 15–25A XTOBP60CC1DP 0.6–1 001 15–25A XTOB001CC1DP 1–1.6 1P6 15–25A XTOB1P6CC1DP 1.6–2.4 2P4 15–25A XTOB2P4CC1DP 2.
PAGE 466
4.3 4 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters Overload Relays These tripping characteristics are the mean values of the spread at 20°C ambient temperature in a cold state. 4 Tripping time depends on response current. With devices at operating temperature, the tripping time of the overload relay reduces to approximately 25% of the read off value. Specific characteristics for each individual setting range can be found in MN03402001E.
PAGE 467
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters 4.3 Overload Relays, continued 4 XTOB … CC1 Specification XTOB … DC1 Specification Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac 6000 6000 Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 Solid, mm 2 2 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) Flexible with ferrule, mm 2 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) Solid or stranded, AWG 2 x (18–12) 2 x (18–12) M3.5 M3.5 0.8–1.3 (7–11.5) 0.8–1.3 (7–11.
PAGE 468
4.3 4 4 Overload Relay 2h 100 60 40 10 6 4 2 4 1 40 4 3-Phase 20 Seconds 4 XTOB...CC1, XTOB...DC1 20 Minutes 4 Starters Trip Curve 4 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters 10 6 4 4 2-Phase 2 1 0.6 4 1 1.5 2 4 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 x Setting Current 4 Wiring Diagrams 4 Single-Phase Connections 4 Wire “C” (Supplied with Common Control) 4 4 L1 1 L1 L2 1NO Aux. Contact (When Supplied) L3 1 13 98 4 97 96 4 Wire “C” (Supplied with Common Control) 1NO Aux.
PAGE 469
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters 4.3 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 4 A27 and B27 Starters—Open Type 4 15 and 25 Ampere A H 4 30, 40 and 45 Ampere A C C H 4 4 E E B 4 B 4 D 4 D 4 Dimensions and Shipping Weights Ampere Size Wide A High B Deep C Deep D Mounting E Mounting G Auxiliary Contact Adder H Shipping Weight Lbs (kg) 15 and 25 (metal plate) 2.40 (61.0) 5.50 (139.0) 3.35 (85.0) 3.70 (94.0) 3.13 (82.6) — 0.54 (13.7) 1.6 (0.
PAGE 470
4.3 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters Contents 15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay Description 4 Page 25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 . . . . 15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27 . . . . 15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 471
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters 4.
PAGE 472
4.
PAGE 473
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters 4.
PAGE 474
4.3 4 4 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters Accessories CT Kits Accessories Description Safety Cover 4 Catalog Number Safety Cover Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed. ZEB-XSC 4 4 4 Reset Bar Reset Bar Assembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door mounted reset operators.
PAGE 475
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters 4.3 Technical Data and Specifications 4 Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A 4 Specification Description 45 mm 55 mm Electrical Ratings Range Range Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 0.33–1.
PAGE 476
4.3 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters 4 Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued 4 Description 4 4 4 4 4 Specification 45 mm 55 mm 5A 5A Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings Conventional thermal continuous current Rated operational current—IEC AC-15 Make contact (1800 VA) 120V 15A 15A 240V 15A 15A 415V 0.5A 0.5A 500V 0.5A 0.5A Break contact (180 VA) 4 120V 1.5A 1.5A 240V 1.5A 1.5A 4 415V 0.9A 0.9A 500V 0.8A 0.8A 1.0A 1.
PAGE 477
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Starters 4.3 Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued 4 Specification Description 4 45 mm 55 mm Radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM 30 MHz to 1000 MHz 30 MHz to 1000 MHz Conducted emissions IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz 0.
PAGE 478
4.4 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control Contents 15–60A Contactors—C25 Description 4 15–60A Contactors—C25 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25–60A Starters—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A Starters—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 479
4.
PAGE 480
4.
PAGE 481
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control 4.4 Contents 25–60A Starters—A25, B25 Description Page 15–60A Contactors—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25–60A Starters—A25, B25 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A Starters—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 482
4.
PAGE 483
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control 4.
PAGE 484
4.4 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control Contents 15–45A Starters—A27, B27 Description 4 15–60A Contactors—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25–60A Starters—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–45A Starters—A27, B27 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 485
4.
PAGE 486
4.4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control 4 Magnet Coil Suffix 4 50 Hertz Voltage 60 Hertz Overload Relay Suffix Coil Suffix AC 1 Voltage 60 Hertz Coil Suffix DC 3 Motor Full Load Amperes Suffix Code For use with Contactor Ampere Range Frame C 4 12 12 R 12 1R 0.1–0.16 P16 15–25A 4 24 24 T 24 1T 0.16–0.24 P24 15–25A 110–120 110–120 A 48 1W 0.24–0.4 P40 15–25A 208–240 208–240 B 120 1A 0.4–0.6 P60 15–25A 240 2 220 J 0.
PAGE 487
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control 4.
PAGE 488
4.4 4 4 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control Heater Packs Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater Packs Manual or Automatic Reset Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs. Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater Packs Manual or Automatic Reset Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs. 4 Fast Trip Ratings 4 Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1 Dial Position A B C 0.26 0.313 0.
PAGE 489
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control 4.4 Options 4 To order C25, C65, A25 and B25 contactors and starters with the factory installed options listed below, change the basic catalog number listed in the product selection table as noted.
PAGE 490
4.
PAGE 491
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Renewal Parts 4.
PAGE 492
4.5 4 4 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Renewal Parts AC Coils, continued AC Coil Voltage Frequency Inrush (Maximum) Sealed (Maximum) VA VA Watts Watts Coil Suffix Class Class H, 180°C Part Number 15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1) 12 60 74.85 46.1 5.53 1.68 R 81.35 49.7 5.83 1.74 T 9-3252-6 9-3252-5 9-3252-1 4 24 110/120 74.69 51.6 5.79 1.81 A 4 208/240 82.64 59.1 6.96 2.38 B 74.03 51.8 5.85 1.99 J 440/480 73.39 52.1 6.
PAGE 493
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Renewal Parts 4.5 AC Coils, continued AC Coil Voltage Frequency Inrush (Maximum) Sealed (Maximum) VA Watts VA — 48/35 4 Watts Coil Suffix Class 12 T Class B, 130°C 4 Part Number 90A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series F1) 24 50/60 325/300 4 9-3080-1 110/120 A 9-3080-2 208–220 B 9-3080-3 380–415 50/60 325/300 — 48/35 12 C Class B, 130°C 9-3080-5 277 60 325/300 — 48/35 12 H Class B, 130°C 9-3080-4 390 112 49.
PAGE 494
4.5 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Renewal Parts DC Operation These DC coils have separate pick-up and seal windings. The pick-up winding must be connected to an early break normally closed auxiliary contact block and provide the magnetic force required to close the magnet. As the magnet approaches the closed position, the early break normally closed contact is opened and the holding coil is inserted in series with the pick-up winding.
PAGE 495
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors 4.6 Contents Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors Description Page Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 496
4.
PAGE 497
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors 4.
PAGE 498
4.
PAGE 499
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors 4.7 Contents Mill Type Contactors Description Page Mill Type Contactors Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 500
4.
PAGE 501
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors 4.
PAGE 502
4.7 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors Contents 600V Contactors Description 4 Page Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 503
4.
PAGE 504
4.
PAGE 505
4.7 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors Renewal Parts 4 ME Series 4 Kits Two NO Poles One NC Pole One NO/NC Pole Qty. Part Number Qty. Part Number Qty. Part Number Qty.
PAGE 506
4.7 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors Contents DPM 750V Contactor Description 4 Page Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . .
PAGE 507
4.
PAGE 508
4.
PAGE 509
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors 4.7 Contents AVD–Contactor Description Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 510
4.
PAGE 511
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors 4.
PAGE 512
4.7 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors Contents D–Contactor Description 4 Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 513
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors 4.
PAGE 514
4.
PAGE 515
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors 4.7 Contents Reversing/Assignment Contactor Description Page Mill Type Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 516
4.
PAGE 517
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Direct Current Contactors 4.7 Technical Data and Specifications 4 Reversing/Assignment Contactor 4 Description Specification 4 Current carrying capability at 55°C 1100A continuous Electrical creepage and clearance distances For 1000 Vdc applications Mechanical life 1 million operations Operating coil voltages (DC) 24, 28, 36, 74, 110, 125, 250 (others available) 4 4 Operating Coil Characteristics Coil Voltage Current Draw at Nominal Voltage (±7.
PAGE 518
4.8 4 4 4 4 4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Ratings Ampere Rating of AC Motors Ampere ratings of motors vary somewhat, depending upon the type of motor. The values given below are for drip-proof, Class B insulated (T Frame) where available, 1.15 service factor, NEMA Design B motors. These values represent an average full load motor current which was calculated from the motor performance data published by several motor manufacturers.
PAGE 519
Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Ratings 4.8 Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor, continued hp 1 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 4 Syn. Speed RPM Current in Amperes 200V 230V 380V 460V 575V 2200V 3600 22.4 19.5 11.8 9.79 7.81 — 2 1800 24.7 21.5 13 10.7 8.55 — 1200 25.1 21.8 13.2 10.9 8.7 — 900 26.5 23 13.9 11.5 9.19 — 3600 29.2 25.4 15.4 12.7 10.1 — 1800 30.8 26.8 16.3 13.4 10.7 — 1200 32.2 28 16.9 14 11.
PAGE 520
4.8 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters Ratings 4 Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor, continued 4 Syn. Speed RPM Current in Amperes hp 1 200V 230V 380V 2 460V 575V 2200V 100 3600 266 231 140 115 92.2 — 4 4 4 125 4 4 150 4 4 200 4 4 4 250 4 4 4 4 4 300 1800 271 236 144 118 94.8 23.6 1200 275 239 145 120 95.6 24.2 24.8 900 290 252 153 126 101 3600 — 292 176 146 116 — 1800 — 293 177 147 117 29.
PAGE 521
Motor Protection and Monitoring Motor Protection Circuit Breaker 5.1 Monitoring Relays Product Overview—Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 522
5.1 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Contents Monitoring Relays Description 5 Page Monitoring Relays Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 523
Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5.1 Contents ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches Description Page Current Monitoring Relays ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . . D65 Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 524
5.1 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Contents ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches Description 5 Page Current Monitoring Relays ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . . ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches D65 Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 525
Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5.1 Contents Current Monitoring Relays Description Current Monitoring Relays ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . . ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . . D65 Current Monitoring Relays Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65CE Series—Standard Current Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65CH Series—Overcurrent Monitors . . . . D65CL Series—Undercurrent Monitors . . . Phase Monitoring Relays . . . .
PAGE 526
5.1 5 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Product Selection Guide Standard Fixed time delay on both pickup and dropout current settings. 5 D65C Standard Function 5 Series 5 Pickup D65CE D65CEK Setting Adjustable (across monitored range) Dropout Time Delay Fixed 100 ms Setting 1 Adjustable time delay on pickup and fixed time delay on dropout current settings.
PAGE 527
Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5.1 Contents D65CE Series—Standard Current Monitors Description Current Monitoring Relays ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . . ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . . D65 Current Monitoring Relays Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65CE Series—Standard Current Monitors Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 528
5.1 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5 Product Selection 5 D65CE_ 5 D65CE Series—Standard Current Monitors, SPDT, 8-Pin Plug-In Pickup Setting Dropout Setting Adjustable Fixed (at 95% of pickup) 5 5 Input Voltage Current Range Monitored Catalog Number 24 Vac 0.1–1 A D65CE1C01T 0.5–5 A D65CE1C5T 1–10 A D65CE1C10T 0.1–1 A D65CE1C01A 0.5–5 A D65CE1C5A 1–10 A D65CE1C10A 0.1–1 A D65CEK1C01T 0.5–5 A D65CEK1C5T 1–10 A D65CEK1C10T 0.1–1 A D65CEK1C01A 0.
PAGE 529
5.
PAGE 530
5.1 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Contents D65CH Series—Overcurrent Monitors Description 5 Page Current Monitoring Relays ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . . ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . . D65 Current Monitoring Relays Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65CE Series—Standard Current Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65CH Series—Overcurrent Monitors Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 531
Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5.1 Product Selection D65CH_ 5 D65CH Series—Overcurrent Monitors, SPDT, 8-Pin Plug-In Pick-Up Setting Drop-Out Setting Adjustable Fixed (at 95% of pickup) Input Voltage Current Range Monitored Catalog Number 24 Vac 0.1–1 A D65CH1C1T 0.5–5 A D65CH1C5T 1–10 A D65CH1C10T 0.1–1 A D65CH1C1A 0.5–5 A D65CH1C5A 120 Vac Adjustable (from 50–95% of pickup) 24 Vac 120 Vac D65CH_ 1–10 A D65CH1C10A 0.1–1 A D65CHK1C1T 0.
PAGE 532
5.1 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagrams D65CH Series, Overcurrent Monitors Wiring for 8-Pin Socket Description Specification 5 Input voltage tolerance AC operation: +10/–15% of nominal voltage at 50/60 Hz Load (burden) Less than 5 VA 5 Current settings Pickup Adjustable throughout current range monitored 5 Dropout 5 Temperature 5 5 5 Monitored Current (L1) 7 1 8 Adjustable 0.
PAGE 533
5.1 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Contents D65CL Series—Undercurrent Monitors Description Current Monitoring Relays ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . . ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . . D65 Current Monitoring Relays Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65CE Series—Standard Current Monitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65CH Series—Overcurrent Monitors . . . . D65CL Series—Undercurrent Monitors Product Selection . . . . . .
PAGE 534
5.1 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5 Product Selection 5 D65CL_ 5 D65CL Series—Undercurrent Monitors, SPDT, 8-Pin Plug-In Pickup Setting Dropout Setting Input Voltage Current Range Monitored Catalog Number Fixed (at 5% of Dropout) Adjustable 24 Vac 0.1–1 A D65CL1C1T 0.5–5 A D65CL1C5T 1–10 A D65CL1C10T 0.1–1 A D65CL1C1A 0.
PAGE 535
5.1 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagrams D65CL Series, Undercurrent Monitors Wiring for 8-Pin Socket Description Specification Input voltage tolerance AC operation: +10/–15% of nominal voltage at 50/60 Hz Load (burden) Less than 5 VA Current settings Pickup Monitored Current (L1) 3 Adjustable throughout current range monitored Temperature (L2) 6 2 –20 to 131 °F (–28 to 55 °C) 5 Fixed at 100 ms Dropout Adjustable 0.
PAGE 536
5.1 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Contents Phase Monitoring Relays Description 5 Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal . . . . . . . . . . D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal . . . D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal and Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 537
5.1 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Typical Connections Line Side Monitoring With the relay connected before the motor starter, the motor can be started in the reverse direction. However, the motor is unprotected against phase failures between the relay and the motor. Load Side Monitoring With the relay connected directly to the motor, the total feed lines are monitored. This connection should not be used with reversing motors.
PAGE 538
5.1 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Contents D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal Description 5 Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal . . .
PAGE 539
5.
PAGE 540
5.1 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Contents D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal Description 5 Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal . . . . . . . . . . D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 541
5.
PAGE 542
5.1 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Contents D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal and Undervoltage Description 5 Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal . . . . . . . . . . D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal . . . D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal and Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 543
5.
PAGE 544
5.1 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Contents D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal, Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage Description 5 Page Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65VMC Series—Phase Reversal . . . . . . . . . . D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal . . . D65PAR Series—Phase Loss, Reversal and Undervoltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 545
5.1 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Typical Connections Line Side Monitoring L1 STOP START O/L L2 L1 3 Phase Motor M M L3 O/L 5 L2 5 M Voltage Monitor Relay L1 5 M Voltage Monitor Relay With the relay connected before the motor starter, the motor can be started in the reverse direction. However, the motor is unprotected against phase failures between the relay and the motor. 5 3 Phase Motor M L2 L3 Input Fuses (Recommended) Voltage 2 A Max.
PAGE 546
5.
PAGE 547
5.1 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Wiring Diagrams Plug-In ØA ØB ØC A B C 11 21 5 Surface-Mount ØA ØB ØC ØA ØB ØC 3 2 4 5 1 8 1 Manual Reset 2 5 RESET 3 4 5 5 5 6 5 7 7 8 9 10 11 12 5 12 14 M1M2 22 Manual Reset 5 5 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Plug-In 5 Surface-Mount 5 2.40 (61.0) 2.20 (55.9) 5 2.10 (53.3) 2.40 (61.0) 5 1.70 (43.2) 2.90 (73.7) 3.00 (76.2) 5 5 3.50 (88.
PAGE 548
5.1 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Contents Voltage Monitoring Relays Description 5 Page Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Monitoring Relays Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65VMRP and D65VMKP Over/Undervoltage Relays (Fixed Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65VAP and D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 549
Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5.
PAGE 550
5.1 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Contents D65VMRP and D65VMKP—Fixed Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays Description 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Page Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Monitoring Relays Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65VMRP and D65VMKP Over/Undervoltage Relays (Fixed Time Delay) Product Selection . . . . . . . .
PAGE 551
Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5.
PAGE 552
5.
PAGE 553
Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays D65VAP & D65VAKP—Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays 5.1 Contents Description Page Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Monitoring Relays Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65VMRP and D65VMKP Over/Undervoltage Relays (Fixed Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 554
5.
PAGE 555
Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5.
PAGE 556
5.1 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Contents D65VWP and D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays Description 5 Page Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Monitoring Relays Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65VMRP and D65VMKP Over/Undervoltage Relays (Fixed Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65VAP and D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage Relays (Adjustable Time Delay) . . . . . .
PAGE 557
Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5.
PAGE 558
5.
PAGE 559
Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5.1 Contents VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase Voltage Sensing Description Page Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Monitoring Relays Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D65VMRP and D65VMKP Over/Undervoltage Relays (Fixed Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 560
5.1 5 5 5 5 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Technical Data and Specifications VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase Voltage Sensing Description Specification Electrical ratings Operating voltage range 70–140 Vac, 200–280 Vac 3 VA burden Variable differential range See Operating Curves below Repeatability ±0.
PAGE 561
Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5.1 Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 VSR Series—Solid-State, Single-Phase Voltage Sensing 5 0.16 (4.1) 5 1.63 (41.4) 0.81 (20.6) 5 0.17 (4.3) Dia. 3 Mtg. Slots 2.81 (71.4) 3.13 (79.5) Lock Nut 5 5 Voltage Input: Terminals 1 and 2 Solid-State Output: Terminals 3 and 4 5 5 0.5 (12.7) 1 (25.4) 5 4.69 (119.
PAGE 562
5.1 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Contents Ground Fault Relays and Monitors Description 5 Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ground Fault Relays and Monitors D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays . . . . D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors . . . . . . .
PAGE 563
Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5.1 Contents D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays Description Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ground Fault Relays and Monitors D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 564
5.
PAGE 565
Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5.1 Product Selection 5 Standard Models When Ordering, Specify ● Catalog number of relay from tables ● Catalog number of zero sequence current transformers, if or when required, remote digital display or remote indicator units 5 5 5 Ground Fault Relay with Built-In Current Sensor D64RP18 without Plug-In Control Power Trip Current Range Current Transformer Selection Catalog Number 24–240 Vac/Vdc 30 mA–6 A Built-in 1.
PAGE 566
5.1 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5 Accessories 5 Zero Sequence Current Transformers ● A complete size range of zero sequence CTs designed specifically for use with D64R relays provide excellent coupling to the monitored circuit.
PAGE 567
Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays D64D1 Digital Display Unit The D64D1 digital display unit is connected to the D64RPB100 by up to 30 ft (10m) of standard four-wire telephone type cable. It is supplied with door-mounting hardware.
PAGE 568
5.
PAGE 569
5.
PAGE 570
5.1 5 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) D64RP18 2.76 (70) 5 1.77 (45) 5 1.38 (35) 5 Mounting Hole 0.22 (5.5) Dia. 1.10 (28) Dia. 5 5 2.76 2.36 (70) (60) 1.38 (35) 35 mm DIN Rail 3.58 (91) 4.43 (112.5) DIN Rail Release 1.38 (35) 5 5 Clip 5 1.26 (32) Rear Panel Mounting DIN Rail or Two Screw Right Hand Side View 5 5 D64RPB100 5 5 Mounting Hole 0.22 (5.5) Dia. 3.94 (100) 5 5 5 2.00 (50.8) Dia. 0.82 (21) 1.
PAGE 571
5.1 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 D64RPBH13 and D64RPBH15 0.20 (5) 0.73 (18.4) 2.36 (60) 1.38 (35) 0.30 (7.5) 5 0.30 (7.5) 0.16 (4) 3.15 (80) Mounting Hole 0.158 (4) Dia. 2.83 (72) Door Cutout 5 5 5 DIN Rail Release 3.35 (85) 4.92 (125) 3.94 (100) 5 4.01 (102) Door Cutout 3.94 (100) 5 4.92 (125) 5 4.33 (110) 35 mm DIN Rail Mounting Hole 0.22 (5.5) Dia. 0.59 (15) 2.76 (70) 5 3.94 (100) 0.30 (7.5) 4.14 (105) 5 3.
PAGE 572
5.1 Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 C311CT Series Threaded Studs M4 1 mm 5 5 Split (If Split Core) F B F B G F B 5 5 A C 5 5 C E A H C H D 5 5 A E E D D Figure B Figure A Figure C Note: All Mounting Holes Are 0.25 (6.4) Dia. Wide A High B Deep C Mounting D Mounting E F G H A 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 1.57 (40) 0.98 (25) 0.39 (10) 1.81 (46) — — B 7.30 (185) 5.50 (140) 1.20 (30) 6.42 (163) 0.59 (15) 3.
PAGE 573
Motor Protection and Monitoring Monitoring Relays 5.1 Contents D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors Description Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ground Fault Relays and Monitors D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays . . . . D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 574
5.
PAGE 575
Motor Protection and Monitoring Motor Protection Circuit Breakers 5.
PAGE 576
5.3 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Manual Motor Protection Contents Manual Motor Protection Description 5 Page Manual Motor Protection Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 577
Motor Protection and Monitoring Manual Motor Protection Features and Benefits ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 5.
PAGE 578
5.4 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Contents Overload Relays Description 5 Page Overload Relays XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay . MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 579
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays C441 Eaton’s Motor Insight, the first product in the Intelligent Power Control Solutions family, is a highly configurable motor, load and line protection device with power monitoring, diagnostics and flexible communications allowing the customer to save energy, optimize their maintenance schedules and configure greater system protection, thus reducing overall costs and downtime.
PAGE 580
5.4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays MP-3000 ● Microprocessor-based, multi-function motor protection ● Current only device— no need to add PTs ● Intel-I-Trip™ overload protection based on motor data ● Event recording and operational logging The protection functions are listed below.
PAGE 581
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Contents Miniature Overload Relays Description Page XT IEC Overload Relays Miniature Overload Relays Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-62 V5-T5-62 An Eaton Green Solution Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 582
5.4 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Catalog Number Selection XT IEC Miniature Overload Relays XT OM P16 A C1 5 5 5 Designation XT = XT IEC power control Type OM = Mini overload relay P16 P24 P40 P60 001 1P6 5 5 = = = = = = Overload Release 0.1–0.16 A 2P4 = 1.6–2.4 A 0.16–0.24 A 004 = 2.4–4 A 0.24–0.4 A 006 = 4–6 A 0.4–0.6 A 009 = 6–9 A 0.6–1 A 012 = 9–12 A 1–1.6 A 5 5 Mini Overload Relay Settings (A) Setting Starting 5 A: IN x 0.
PAGE 583
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Contents Thermal Overload Relays Description Page XT IEC Overload Relays Miniature Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thermal Overload Relays Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 584
5.4 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Catalog Number Selection XT IEC Overload Relays XT OB P16 B C1 S 5 5 5 5 Device Type XT = XT line of IEC control Type OB = Bimetallic overload relay OT = Current transformer overload relay 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Overload Release Frame G Frame B 035 = 25–35 A P16 = 0.1–0.16 A P24 = 0.16–0.24 A 050 = 35–50 A 070 = 50–70 A P40 = 0.24–0.4 A 100 = 70–100 A P60 = 0.4–0.6 A 001 = 0.6–1 A 125 = 95–125 A 1P6 = 1.0–1.6 A 150 = 120–150 A 2P4 = 1.6–2.
PAGE 585
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Contents 32 A Overload—C306DN3B Description Page XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay . . . MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 586
5.4 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Contents C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay Description 5 Page XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 587
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.
PAGE 588
5.
PAGE 589
5.
PAGE 590
5.4 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5 Product Selection 5 XT Electronic Overload Relays 5 45 mm XT for Direct Mount 5 XT Electronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to XT Contactors For Use with XT Contactor Frame B 5 5 C 5 For Use with Contactor Overload Range (Amps) XTCE007B…, XTCE009B…, XTCE012B…, XTCE015B… 0.33–1.65 XTCE018C…, XTCE025C…, XTCE032C 97 95 Frame Size Auxiliary Contact Configuration 45 mm NO-NC 1–5 4–20 2 4 6 98 96 0.33–1.
PAGE 591
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 XT Electronic Overload Relays for use with Large Frame XT Contactors (L–R) Use CTs and 1–5 A XT overload relay. CT kit does not include overload relay (order separately).
PAGE 592
5.4 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays C440 Electronic Overload Relays 45 mm C440 for Direct Mount 5 5 5 C440 Electronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to Freedom Series Contactors For Use with Freedom NEMA Contactor Size For Use with Contactor 1 00 CN15AN3_B 0 CN15BN3_B 5 5 1 CN15DN3_B 5 5 2 CN15GN3_B 5 5 5 5 1–5 A OL with CTs C440A2A1P6SF00 C440A1A005SF00 C440A2A005SF00 4–20 C440A1A020SF00 C440A2A020SF00 0.33–1.
PAGE 593
5.
PAGE 594
5.4 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Compact NEMA Size 1 and 4 Starters New Compact NEMA Size 1 and 4 starters—available with electronic overload relay only. Non-Reversing 5 Continuous Ampere Rating Service Limit Current Rating (Amps) Maximum UL Horsepower Single-Phase Three-Phase 115 V 230 V 208 V 5 NEMA Size 5 Standard Fault Overload 1C 27 32 2 3 7.5 7.
PAGE 595
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Accessories 5 CT Kits 5 Accessories Description Safety Cover Catalog Number 5 ZEB-XSC 5 Safety Cover Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed. 5 5 Reset Bar 5 Reset Bar Assembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door mounted reset operators.
PAGE 596
5.
PAGE 597
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Modbus Communication Module The Modbus communication module combined with an expansion module provides monitoring and control capability to the C440/XTOE electronic overload relay via Modbus RTU communications. These modules also provide convenient I/O with 24 Vdc or 120 Vac options.
PAGE 598
5.4 5 5 5 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays DeviceNet Communication Modules The DeviceNet communication module combined with an expansion module provides monitoring and control capability to the C440/XTOE electronic overload relay via DeviceNet communications. These modules also provide convenient I/O with 24 Vdc or 120 Vac options.
PAGE 599
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 PROFIBUS Communication Modules The PROFIBUS communication module combined with an expansion module provides monitoring and control capability to the C440 / XTOE electronic overload relay via PROFIBUS communications. These modules also provide convenient I/O with 24 Vdc or 120 Vac options.
PAGE 600
5.4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Ethernet Communication Modules The Ethernet communication module combined with an expansion module provides both Modbus TCP and EtherNet/IP communication capabilities with built-in HTTP web services to the C440/ XTOE overload relay. The Ethernet communication module has built-in I/O providing communication, monitoring and control for the C440/XTOE overload relay.
PAGE 601
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Technical Data and Specifications 5 Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500 A 5 Specification Description 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm Electrical Ratings Range Range Range Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 0.33–1.
PAGE 602
5.4 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5 Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500 A, continued 5 Description 5 5 5 5 5 Specification 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm 5A 5A 5A Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings Conventional thermal continuous current Rated operational current—IEC AC-15 Make contact (1800 VA) 120 V 15 A 15 A 15 A 240 V 15 A 15 A 15 A 415 V 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.5 A 500 V 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.5 A Break contact (180 VA) 5 120 V 1.5 A 1.5 A 1.5 A 240 V 1.5 A 1.5 A 1.
PAGE 603
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500 A, continued 5 Specification Description 5 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm Radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM 30 MHz to 1000 MHz 30 MHz to 1000 MHz 30 MHz to 1000 MHz Conducted emissions IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz 0.
PAGE 604
5.4 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Communication Modules Modbus DeviceNet PROFIBUS Ethernet 5 Radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 5 Conducted emissions IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz 0.
PAGE 605
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.
PAGE 606
5.4 5 5 5 5 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Short Circuit Ratings (North America CSA, cUL) Changes to UL 508A and NEC in recent years have brought a focus to control panel safety with regard to short-circuit current ratings (SCCR). Eaton’s C440 electronic overload relays combined with XT series IEC and Freedom Series NEMA contactors provide a wide variety of SCCR solutions needed for a variety of applications.
PAGE 607
5.4 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 45 mm C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays 5 5 A 5 5 5 C 5 Text Orientation 5 5 5 B1 B Width A 5 Depth B1 Depth to Reset B Mounting Hole (Height) C 4.32 (109.7) 4.63 (117.5) — 1.80 (45.0) 4.32 (109.7) 4.30 (109.2) — 5 1.80 (45.0) 4.32 (109.7) 4.63 (117.5) 3.68 (93.5) 5 5 NEMA Starter Size 00–2 1.80 (45.0) 5 XT IEC Frame Size B, C, D Standalone 0.
PAGE 608
5.4 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 110 mm C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays 5 B1 5 5 5 C 5 5 5 B A 5 A 5 B1 5 5 C 5 5 B 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Width A Height To Reset B B1 Mounting Depth C 4.33 (110.0) 6.20 (157.0) 5.90 (150.0) 6.00 (152.0) NEMA Starter Size 5 4 5 G 4.33 (110.0) 6.20 (157.0) 5.90 (150.0) 6.00 (152.0) 5 H 4.33 (110.0) 6.20 (157.0) 5.90 (150.0) 6.00 (152.0) Standalone 4.33 (110.0) 6.20 (157.0) 5.
PAGE 609
5.4 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 NEMA Starters 5 Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters 5 5 5 E B 5 A 5 5 C A 5 Sizes 00, 0 E B 5 5 5 E B C 5 D 5 Size 4 5 C D A Sizes 1, 2 5 A D 5 D 5 5 B E B 5 E 5 5 5 5 C A NEMA Size 5 C Size 3 Size 5 A B C D E 00, 0 1.97 (50.0) 6.60 (167.6) 4.90 (124.5) — 6.18 (157.0) 1, 2 2.60 (65.0) 7.10 (180.0) 4.98 (126.5) 2.00 (50.8) 6.50 (165.0) 3 4.09 (103.8) 11.
PAGE 610
5.4 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Full Voltage Reversing Starters 5 5 B B B E E E 5 5 C D A 5 C D A Size 1 Sizes 00, 0 C D A Size 2 5 5 5 A 5 5 D E B B 5 E 5 5 C 5 5 Size 4 C D A Size 3 5 A D 5 5 5 E 5 B 5 5 C 5 5 5 5 5 5 Size 5 NEMA Size A B C D E 00, 0 5.20 (132.0) 7.40 (187.0) 4.90 (125.0) 3.50 (89.0) 6.90 (174.0) 1 6.70 (171.0) 7.10 (180.0) 4.98 (126.5) 5.25 (133.0) 5.70 (144.0) 2 6.
PAGE 611
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Contents Motor Insight Overload and Monitoring Relay Description XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . C441 Overload Relays Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 612
5.
PAGE 613
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Advanced Overload Education Description 5 Motor Insight Protection Definition Source Result Overload is a condition in which current draw to a motor exceeds 115% of the full load amperage rating over a period of time for an inductive motor. An increase in the load or torque that is being driven by the motor. Increase in current draw. Current leads to heat and insulation breakdown, which can cause system failure.
PAGE 614
5.4 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5 Advanced Overload Education, continued 5 Description 5 Source Result Under current or low power Average rms current provided to the motor falls below normal operating conditions. Under current is usually associated with a portion of the user’s load disappearing. Examples of this would be a broken belt, a dry-pump (low suction head) or a dead-headed centrifugal pump. If under current goes undetected, a mechanical failure can and has occurred.
PAGE 615
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.
PAGE 616
5.4 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Product Selection Motor Insight 5 5 Motor Insight Power Source Monitoring Range 240 Vac (170–264) 170–264 Vac 480 Vac (323–528) 323–528 Vac 5 600 Vac (489–660) 489–660 Vac 5 120 Vac (93.5–132) 5 5 120 Vac (93.5–132) 5 170–660 Vac 0–1200 Vac 1 Current Range Catalog Number 1–9 A C441BA 5–90 A C441BB 1–9 A C441CA 5–90 A C441CB 1–9 A C441DA 5–90 A C441DB 1–9 A C4410109NOUI 5–90 A C4410590NOUI 0.
PAGE 617
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Motor Insight CT Multiplier and Wire Wrap Schedule Motor FLA Catalog Number 1 5 Number of Loops Number of Conductors Through CT Primary CT Multiplier Setting External CT Kit Catalog Number 2 3 4 4 — 5 Current Range: 5–90 A C441_B and C4410590NOUI 5–22.5 A 5 5 6.
PAGE 618
5.4 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5 Accessories 5 Modbus Communication Module The Motor Insight Modbus Communication Module is a side-mounted device providing Modbus communication capability to the Motor Insight overload relay. 5 5 5 5 5 The Modbus Communication Module with I/O provides communication, monitoring and control for the Motor Insight overload relay.
PAGE 619
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays DeviceNet Communication Modules The DeviceNet Features and Benefits Communication Module ● Communication to provides monitoring and DeviceNet uses only one control for the Motor Insight DeviceNet MAC ID overload relay from a single ● Configuration DeviceNet node. These ● DeviceNet MAC ID and modules also offer convenient Baud rate are set via I/O in two voltage options, convenient DIP switches 24 Vdc and 120 Vac.
PAGE 620
5.4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays PROFIBUS Communication Module The Motor Insight PROFIBUS Communication Module is a side-mounted device providing PROFIBUS communication capability to the Motor Insight overload relay. The PROFIBUS Communication Module with I/O provides communication, monitoring and control for the Motor Insight overload relay.
PAGE 621
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Ethernet Communication Module The Motor Insight Ethernet Communication Module is a side-mounted device providing both Modbus TCP and EtherNet/IP communication capabilities with built-in HTTP web services to the Motor Insight overload relay. The Ethernet Communication Module with I/O provides communication, monitoring and control for the Motor Insight overload relay.
PAGE 622
5.
PAGE 623
5.
PAGE 624
5.
PAGE 625
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.
PAGE 626
5.
PAGE 627
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Line Powered Models 5 Terminal Connection Diagram 5 18–12 AWG; Torque 5.3 lb-in/0.
PAGE 628
5.4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Modbus Communication Modules Description Specification Electrical/EMC Radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A 30–1000 MHz Conducted emissions IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A 0.
PAGE 629
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Modbus Communication Modules, continued Description 5 Specification 5 Operating Voltage Range—AC Input Modules OFF State Transition Region ON State 0–30 Vac 30–80 Vac 80–140 Vac 5 Output Modules Nominal voltage 120 Vac 24 Vdc Number of outputs (2) 1NO Form A 1NO/NC Form C Relay OFF time 3 ms Relay ON time 7 ms Max.
PAGE 630
5.
PAGE 631
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 PROFIBUS Communication Modules Description 5 Specification 5 Electrical/EMC Radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A 30–1000 MHz Conducted emissions IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A 0.
PAGE 632
5.
PAGE 633
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Ethernet (Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP) Communication Modules Description 5 Specification 5 Electrical/EMC Radiated emissions IEC 60947-4-1, Table 15, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A 30–1000 MHz Conducted emissions IEC 60947-4-1, Table 15, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A 0.
PAGE 634
5.
PAGE 635
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Dimensions 5 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 Motor Insight Overload Relay 3.31 (84.1) 0.20 (5.1) 4 Places 5 Terminal Ref. 3.82 (97.0) 5 5 3.94 (100.1) 3.94 (100.1) 3.50 (88.9) 5 5 5 3.94 (100.1) 5 Mounting Dimension (4) 10-32 5 5 5 4.92 3.98 (125.0) (101.1) Dia. 0.69 (17.5) 3 Places 5 5 5 5 Motor Insight with Mounted DeviceNet, PROFIBUS or Modbus with I/O Communication Module 0.20 (5.1) 3.31 (84.1) 3.94 (100.
PAGE 636
5.4 5 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Motor Insight with Mounted Modbus Communication Module 0.20 (5.1) 4 Places Terminal Ref. 3.82 (97.0) 1.89 (48.0) 3.31 (84.1) 5 5 5 3.50 (88.9) 3.94 (100.1) 5 3.94 (100.1) 3.94 (100.1) Mounting Dimensions (4) 10-32 5 5 4.92 (125.0) 4.53 (115.1) 5 5 5 5 4.92 (125.0) Dia. 0.69 (17.5) 3 Places 0.59 (15.0) 3.98 (101.1) 5 5 5 5 Motor Insight Remote Display 2X ø 1.22 (31.0) Hole in Panel 5 5 2.
PAGE 637
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 Motor Insight Cover Assembly 1.75 (44.5) 1.30 (33.0) 5 4.40 (111.8) 1.40 (35.6) 5 Motor Insight 5 2.00 (50.8) 5 5 4.20 (106.7) 5 5 5 4.30 (109.2) 1.00 (25.4) 5 5 5 1.40 (35.6) 5 5 Motor Insight Conversion Plate 3.90 (99.1) 0.20 (5.1) 5 0.30 (7.6) 5 5 4.00 (101.6) 0.40 (10.2) 0.20 (5.1) 3.60 (91.4) 2.30 (58.4) 0.20 (5.1) 2.70 (68.6) 5 3.10 (78.7) 5 5 5 5 3.30 (83.
PAGE 638
5.4 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Contents Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay Description XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 639
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Features and Benefits Features Product Range ● 0.
PAGE 640
5.4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays System Overview The Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay is a solid-state based electronic overload device designed to protect single- or three-phase AC electric induction motors from 0.3 to 800 A. The C445 provides intelligent monitoring, protection and efficiency calculations for motor, load and line conditions. It’s ideal for oil and gas, water treatment, mining, utility and industrial motor control applications.
PAGE 641
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Protection Summary 1 5 Current-Based Protection Summary Trip 5 Alarm Trip Alarm Level Range Default Level Delay Range (Seconds) Default Level Level (Seconds) Range Default Level Delay Range (Seconds) Default Level (Seconds) Thermal overload X X 0.3–800 A Low end of Trip Class 5–40 Trip Class 5 FLA range 5 1–100% 90% Instantaneous Instantaneous Instantaneous overcurrent X X 50–400% FLA 400% 0.001–2.
PAGE 642
5.
PAGE 643
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.
PAGE 644
5.4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Catalog Number Selection Power Xpert C445 Global Motor Management Relay Required System Components Order these catalog numbers for a complete C445 system. ● 1 Base Control Module (C445B…) ● 1 Measurement Module (C445M…) ● 1–2 Connection cables (D77E…), required to provide power and communications from the Base Control Module to the Measurement Module and the User Interface (if used).
PAGE 645
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 User Interface 5 C445 U C – N 0 Family C445 = Power Xpert C445 global motor management relay Color Scheme N = NEMA I = IEC Note: See images on Page V5-T5-128. Module U = User interface 5 5 Application 0–9 Note: See Page V5-T5-128 for selection.
PAGE 646
5.
PAGE 647
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays C445M_ 5.4 Measurement Module Frame Size Current Range (A) 45 mm 0.3–2.
PAGE 648
5.
PAGE 649
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays IEC Color Scheme 5.
PAGE 650
5.4 5 Accessories 5 ZEB-XCT_ 5 5 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays External Current Transformers Use CTs and 1–5 A C445 measurement module. CT kit does not include measurement module (order separately). CT Range (A) Description Terminal Size Measurement Module Catalog Number 12 17–300 300:5 single-phase CT, 1.25 inch dia hole, UL and CSA ANSI/ IEEE C57.13, 50–400 Hz, 600 Vac, 10 kV, relay class C50, accuracy 0.3% B0.
PAGE 651
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Power Xpert inControl Software The Power Xpert inControl software tool is designed for programming, controlling and monitoring the Power Xpert C445 motor management relay. Features include loading parameters that can be saved to a file or printed, setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text form and real-time display. 5 5 5 Power Xpert inControl is available for download free of charge at www.eaton.
PAGE 652
5.4 5 5 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Technical Data and Specifications Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay Short Circuit Ratings (North American CSA and UL) 1 Standard-Fault Short Circuit Data Measurement Module Frame Overload FLA Range 480 V (kA) 600 V (kA) High-Fault Short Circuit Data Max. Fuse Size (A) (RK5) Max. Breaker Size (A) Fuses (RK5) 480 V (kA) 600 V (kA) Max. Fuse Size (A) (RK5) Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 480 V (kA) 600 V (kA) Max.
PAGE 653
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.
PAGE 654
5.4 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Power Xpert C445 Technical Data and Specifications, continued Description Specification 5 Input Ratings (Base Control Module) 5 Supply voltage 24 Vdc 120 Vac Number of inputs 4 4 5 Type of inputs Digital Digital On-state voltage 15–20 Vdc 79–132 Vac 5 Off-state voltage 0–5 Vdc 0–30 Vac Overvoltage category III II 5 Input/Output Terminal Blocks 5 Wire capacity 30–12 AWG 1 Screw torque requirement 5 3.5–4.4 in-lb (0.4–0.
PAGE 655
5.4 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Dimensions 5 Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 Base Control Module 5 5 5 0.24 (6.0) 1.78 (45.0) Panel Mount [2] M5 or #10 5 5 5 5 3.74 (95.0) Mtg. 3.15 (80.0) 4.24 (108.0) 5 5 5 5 4.41 (112.0) 1.34 (34.0) Mtg. 5 3.97 (101.0) 0.24 (6.0) 5 5 Panel Mount Option 1 5 1.48 (38.0) 5 Panel Mount [2] M5 or #10 35 mm DIN Rail Mount 1.67 (43.0) 2.72 (69.0) 5 5 5 5 5 5 2.43 (62.
PAGE 656
5.4 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Measurement Module—45 mm Frame 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Panel Mount [4] M5 or #10 3.81 (97.0) 2.72 (69.0) 5 0.55 (14.0) 2.72 0.55 (69.0) (14.0) 3.81 (97.0) 1.88 (48.0) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 0.57 (15.0) Panel Mount [4] M5 or #10 1.34 (34.0) 2.43 (62.0) 1.34 (34.0) Panel Mount Option 1 Panel Mount Option 2 Panel Mount Option 3 2.93 (74.0) 2.50 (64.0) 5 5 1.48 (38.0) 5 4.31 (109.0) 5 4.11 3.65 3.15 (104.
PAGE 657
5.4 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 Measurement Module—55 mm Frame 5 5 5 0.20 (5.0) 5 2.22 (56.0) 5 5 5 3.69 (94.0) Mtg. 5 4.14 (105.0) 5 5 5 2.90 (74.0) 5 Panel Mount [2] M5 or #10 1.77 (45.0) Mtg. 5 0.22 (6.0) 5 1.48 (37.0) 5 35 mm DIN Rail Mount 1.78 (45.0) 5 5 5 5 4.55 (116.0) 5 3.31 (84.0) 5 5 5 5 Note: Measurement Module part shown has factory-installed terminals for all measurement options (current, voltage and PTC).
PAGE 658
5.4 5 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Measurement Module—90 mm Frame 5 5 5 0.24 (6.0) 3.56 (90.0) 5 5 5 5 5 3.94 (100.0) Mtg. 4.41 (112.0) 5 5 5 5 5 3.28 (83.0) Panel Mount [4] M5 or #10 2.95 (75.0) Mtg. 0.30 (8.0) 5 5 1.48 (37.0) 5 5 35 mm DIN Rail Mount 5 5 5 1.80 (46.0) 4.94 (126.0) 5 3.70 (94.0) 5 5 5 5 Note: Measurement Module part shown has factory-installed terminals for all measurement options (current, voltage and PTC).
PAGE 659
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.4 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 5 User Interface 5 5 5 5 5 3.62 (92.0) 5 5 User Interface Module Cutout 5 1.77 (45.0) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2.05 (52.0) 5 5 5 5 3.91 (99.0) 0.31 (8.0) 5 1.24 (32.0) 5 1.47 (37.0) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2015 www.eaton.
PAGE 660
5.4 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Contents MP-3000 Overload Relays Description 5 Page XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay . . . MP-3000 Overload Relays Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 661
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.
PAGE 662
5.4 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Contents MP-4000 Overload Relays Description 5 Page XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay . . . C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 663
Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays 5.
PAGE 664
5.4 5 Motor Protection and Monitoring Overload Relays Contents IQ 500 Overload Relays Description 5 Page XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freedom Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay . . . MP-3000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . MP-4000 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 665
Lighting Contactors C30CN Mechanically and Electrically Held CN35 Electrically Held A202 Magnetically Latched 6.1 Open Control Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C30CN Mechanically and Electrically Held Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 666
6.1 6 Lighting Contactors Open Control Contents Lighting Contactors-Open Control Description 6 Page Open Control C30CN Mechanically and Electrically Held . . . . CN35 Electrically Held. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A202 Magnetically Latched. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 667
Lighting Contactors Open Control 6.1 Contents C30CNM Mechanically and Electrically Held Description Page C30CN Mechanically and Electrically Held Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . .
PAGE 668
6.1 6 See figure below. ● 6 ● ● 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Open Control Features 6 6 Lighting Contactors 30A power pole rating Up to 12 poles maximum Power poles latch easily onto the base, and designating them as NO or NC is a simple matter of left or right positioning.
PAGE 669
Lighting Contactors Open Control 6.
PAGE 670
6.1 Lighting Contactors Open Control 6 Product Selection 6 Two-Wire Mechanically Held Lighting Contactors— Standard Assembled Forms The Standard Assembled Forms in tables on Pages V5-T6-6 and V5-T6-7 are two-wire open mechanically held 30A lighting contactors with 120V 60 Hz/110V 50 Hz base coil voltage, 120V control module voltage, and no additional auxiliary contacts. To change the base coil voltage, auxiliary contact options or control module voltage, refer to tables on Page V5-T6-7.
PAGE 671
6.
PAGE 672
6.1 6 Lighting Contactors Open Control Three-Wire Mechanically Held Lighting Contactors— Standard Assembled Forms The Standard Assembled Forms in the table on Page V5-T6-8 are three-wire open mechanically held 30A lighting contactors with 120V 60 Hz/110V 50 Hz base coil voltage, 120V control module voltage, and no additional auxiliary contacts. To change the base coil voltage, auxiliary contact options or control module voltage, refer to the tables on Page V5-T6-9.
PAGE 673
Lighting Contactors Open Control Three-Wire Mechanically Held Lighting Contactors— Standard Assembled Forms, continued Number of Poles 9 10 11 12 NO NC Catalog Number 123 1 8 C30CNM18A03A0 2 7 C30CNM27A03A0 3 6 C30CNM36A03A0 4 5 C30CNM45A03A0 5 4 C30CNM54A03A0 6 3 C30CNM63A03A0 7 2 C30CNM72A03A0 8 1 C30CNM81A03A0 9 0 C30CNM90A03A0 2 8 C30CNM28A03A0 3 7 C30CNM37A03A0 4 6 C30CNM46A03A0 5 5 C30CNM55A03A0 6 4 C30CNM64A03A0 7 3 C30CNM73A03A0 8 2 C30CNM82A03A
PAGE 674
6.1 Lighting Contactors Open Control 6 Components 6 Electrically Held Base Contactor The C30CNE20_0 Electrically Held Base Contactor contains a 2NO power pole as standard and will allow the addition of power poles to build an electrically held contactor up to 12 poles maximum. A mechanically held module kit can also be added to convert the electrically held contactor into a mechanically held contactor in the field.
PAGE 675
Lighting Contactors Open Control 6.1 Auxiliary Contacts A mechanically held contactor with a two-wire control module uses 1NC auxiliary contact as standard for the control wiring circuit. The mechanically held contactor with a three-wire control module uses 1NO-1NC auxiliary contacts as standard for the control wiring circuit. See table below for possible additional auxiliary contact configurations.
PAGE 676
6.
PAGE 677
6.
PAGE 678
6.1 6 6 Lighting Contactors Open Control C30CNM C30CNM Mechanically Held Refer to View “A” for 2-/3-Wire Control Options Line Load 1 6 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 Control Voltage OFF ON Coil A2 A1 OFF/ON or OFF/AUTO Selector Switch Control OFF ON Voltage C Optional “N/O” Aux. Contacts A1 Coil A2 Coil Voltage AUTO Remote Device View C Optional Pilot Devices for 3-Wire Control ”NO“ Remote Auxiliary OFF Electronic-Module P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 OFF Optional “NC” Aux.
PAGE 679
6.1 Lighting Contactors Open Control Dimensions 6 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 6 C30CN .35 (9.0) SIDE VIEW TOP VIEW Optional Power Pole Optional “NC” Aux Contacts 2 “NO” Aux Contacts ON ON ON ON ON ON Power Pole .35 (9.0) 3.86 (98.0) P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 1 “NO” Aux Contact 6 2 “NC” Aux Contacts 1 “NC” 3.86 Aux (98.0) Contact 6.50 (165.1) 7.39 (187.6) Optional “NO” Aux Contacts Mounting Holes Accept #10 Screws .22 (5.5) 6 END VIEW P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 A1 A2 3.75 (95.3) 4.18 (106.
PAGE 680
6.1 6 Lighting Contactors Open Control Contents CN35 Electrically Held Description 6 Page C30CN Mechanically and Electrically Held. . . . . . . CN35 Electrically Held Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A202 Magnetically Latched . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 681
6.
PAGE 682
6.1 Lighting Contactors Open Control 6 Accessories 6 Transient Suppressor Kits 10–60A Contactors These kits limit high voltage transients produced in the control circuit when power is removed from the contactor or starter coil. There are three separate suppressors for use 6 6 6 6 C320TS2 6 6 on 24–120V, 240V or 480V coils respectively. These devices mount directly to the coil terminals of lighting contactors 10–60A.
PAGE 683
6.1 Lighting Contactors Open Control Auxiliary Contacts—100–400A Contactors Circuit Base Auxiliary Contact—C320KGS42 Auxiliary Contact— C320KGS22 Contact Configuration Code 1 100A Contactors 200 and 300A Contactors Catalog Number Catalog Number Auxiliary Contact Location Auxiliary Contacts—Mounting Positions The sketches below illustrate the maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be assembled to a contactor and their locations in standard enclosures.
PAGE 684
6.1 6 6 6 6 Lighting Contactors Open Control Pneumatic Timers—Top Mounted Attachment mounts on top of 10–60A lighting contactors (top mounted auxiliary contacts can not be installed on device when timer is used). Timer unit has DPST timed contacts—circuits in each pole must be the same polarity. Units are convertible from OFF to ON delay or vice-versa. Pneumatic Timer Pneumatic Timers 6 Timing Range Catalog Number 0.
PAGE 685
6.1 Lighting Contactors Open Control Dimensions 6 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Open Type—10A, Two- to Four-Pole; 20–30A, Two- to Three-Pole G A A F G G Top Mtd. Aux. A U E X Top Mtd. Aux. C Side Mtd. Aux. Top Mtd. Aux. B Auxiliary Contacts Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws D 6 F C A U X 6 Open Type—20–30A, Four- to Six-Pole Top Mtd. Aux. D Top Mtd. Aux. A U X E Side Mtd. Aux. 6 6 B 6 Auxiliary Contacts Mtg.
PAGE 686
6.1 6 6 Lighting Contactors Open Control Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 60A, Two- to Three-Pole G 60A, Four-Pole G A G F 6 6 A U X 6 Side Mtd. Aux. A U X B 6 G C Side Mtd. Aux. A U X B E G A A U X Top Mtd. Aux. 6 A U E X Top Mtd. Aux. Side Mtd. Aux. B G F A U E X Top Mtd. Aux. C Side Mtd. Aux. B Auxiliary Contacts D Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws 6 6 Top Mtd. Aux. C 60A, Five-Pole 100A, Two- to Three-Pole A F Auxiliary Contacts D Mtg.
PAGE 687
Lighting Contactors Open Control 6.1 Contents A202 Mechanically Latched Description Page C30CN Mechanically and Electrically Held . . . . . . . CN35 Electrically Held . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A202 Magnetically Latched Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 688
6.
PAGE 689
6.
PAGE 690
6.1 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Lighting Contactors Open Control Technical Data and Specifications A202 Contactors Description Specification Terminals All except 30A devices Cu/Al 30A devices Cu only Ballast load 600 AC, breaking all lines Tungsten lamp loads, maximum volts Line-to-line 480 Vac Line-to-neutral 277 Vac Wiring Diagrams Standard Wiring The standard wiring of an A202 contactor can be controlled by a separate customer supplied single-pole double-throw controlling station.
PAGE 691
Lighting Contactors Open Control 6.1 Dimensions 6 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 6 Open Type 6 6 B 6 6 6 A 6 Non-Combination Open Lighting Contactors— Two- to 12-Pole 6 Open Type Continuous Amperes Number of Poles Pole Configuration Wide A High B 30 2–4 — 3.31 (84.1) 4.38 (111.3) 5 — 4.19 (106.4) 4.38 (111.3) 6 3x3 7.13 (181.1) 4.46 (113.3) 8 4x4 7.13 (181.1) 4.46 (113.3) 10 5x5 10.63 (270.0) 4.46 (113.3) 12 4x4x4 12.38 (314.5) 6.88 (174.8) 2, 3 — 3.
PAGE 692
Vacuum Contactors and Starters Size 4 Vacuum Contactor 7.1 NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 693
7.1 7 Vacuum Contactors and Starters NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating Contents NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating Description 7 Page NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions .
PAGE 694
7.
PAGE 695
7.
PAGE 696
Vacuum Contactors and Starters NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating AEGIS Powerline Filters 7.1 Catalog Numbering System Ideal for applications that utilize 120 Vac or 240 Vac control voltage and have the likelihood of harmonics or noise being present on the control signal. These are stand-alone devices, not mounted to the contactor.
PAGE 697
7.1 7 Vacuum Contactors and Starters NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating Heater Coils Heater Coils for Type B Overload Relay 1 7 Open Starter Ambient Compensated Overload Relay 7 Open Starter Ambient Compensated Overload Relay Heater Catalog Number 2 Heater Catalog Number 2 7 Size 4 and 160 A 12.8–14.1 FH68 107–117 FH23 7 14.2–15.5 FH69 118–129 FH24 15.6–17.1 FH70 130–141 FH25 7 17.2–18.9 FH71 142–155 FH26 19.0–20.8 FH72 156–170 FH27 7 20.9–22.9 FH73 171–187 FH28 23.
PAGE 698
7.
PAGE 699
7.1 Vacuum Contactors and Starters NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating 7 Electrical Characteristics—NEMA and Special Purpose Types 7 Description Size 4 (160 A) 5 (320 A) 6 (540 A and 610 A) Open VA 300 VA 500 VA 1450 VA 7 Closed VA 30 VA 25 VA 32 VA 7 Closed watts 6W 20 W 30 W Pick-up volts 70% of rated coil volts 70% of rated coil volts 70% of rated coil volts 7 Drop-out volts 50% of rated coil volts 50% of rated coil volts 50% of rated coil volts Pick-up time in Hz 1.
PAGE 700
7.1 Vacuum Contactors and Starters NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating Wiring Diagrams Size 4 Contactor L1 L2 7 Sizes 5 and 6 Starter L1 L3 Vacuum L2 7 L3 7 M M T1 M T2 T3 Motor Disconnect Means 7 Vacuum M M 1 7 Motor T2 OL 2T 7 T3 "C" OL Start Stop T1 1T M M 7 0T OL + A 7 "C" B 2 M 3 C D Coil Aux. Contact S Start - Stop 7 + A 1 2 3 OL B C R 7 95 96 D L63 Coil Aux.
PAGE 701
7.1 7 Vacuum Contactors and Starters NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 7 Open Type Contactors and Starters—Size 4 and 160 A 7 Size and 160 A Non-Reversing Contactor 7 1.88 (47.8) 0.94 (23.9) 0.38 (9.7) 7 7 7 3.6 (91.4) 0.28 (7.1) Dia. 3 Mtg. Slots Front View Shown without Cover Plate and Overtravel Gauge. 6 (152.4) Recess for Auxiliary Interlock 6.63 (168.4) 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 5.13 (130.3) 2.56 (65) 0.44 (11.2) 2 (50.8) 0.28 (7.
PAGE 702
7.1 Vacuum Contactors and Starters NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 7 Open Type Contactors and Starters—Size 4 and 160 A, continued 7 Size 4 Reversing Starter 0.44 (11.2) 0.281 (7.14) Dia. 3 Mtg. Holes 4.00 (101.6) 6.38 (162.1) 4.10 (104.1) 4.88 (124) 1.13 (28.7) 1.44 (36.6) 1.44 (36.6) Mechanical Interlock 7 Recess for Auxiliary Interlock 7 7 10.12 (257) 1.03 (26.2) 0.47 (11.9) 9.25 (235) Reset 7 7 8.00 (203.2) Rear View — Drilling Plan 7 6.
PAGE 703
7.1 7 7 7 Vacuum Contactors and Starters NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Open Type Contactors and Starters—Size 5 and 320 A, continued Size 5 and 320 Non-Reversing Starter 2 (50.8) 7 1.38 (35.1) 0.14 (3.6) 7 7 7.5 (190.5) 8 (203.2) 7 7 7 7 7 0.33 x .75 (8.4 x 19.1) Key Holes 3 Places 0.41 (10.4) Dia. 2 Holes 0.31 (7.9) Slot 2 Places 0.38 1.5 3 (9.7) (38.1) (76.2) 1.88 6.75 (171.5) (47.8) Drilling Plan — Rear View 0.33 (8.4) Slot 2 Places 0.58 (14.
PAGE 704
7.1 Vacuum Contactors and Starters NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 7 Open Type Contactors and Starters—Size 6, 540 A and 610 A 7 Size 6, 540 A and 610 A Non-Reversing Contactor Coil Interlock A—Two Dual Circuit Interlocks Located on Both Sides of Contactor. (When Used) B—Coil Terminals Located on Both Sides of Contactor. 2.67 (67.8) 7 (177.8) 5 (127) 7 2.67 (67.8) 7 7 13.99 (355.3) A B 12.9 (327.7) Term. Holes 7 0.33 x .75 (8.4 x 19.
PAGE 705
7.1 7 7 7 Vacuum Contactors and Starters NEMA, Special Purpose and Mining Rating Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Open Type Contactors and Starters—Size 6, 540 A and 610 A, continued Size 6 and 540 A Non-Reversing Starter 7 (177.8) 5 (127) 7 7 7 7 2.67 (67.8) Coil Interlock A—Two Dual Circuit Interlocks Located on Both Sides of Starter. (When Used) B—Coil Terminals Located on Both Sides of Starter. 15.94 (404.9) Term. Mtg. 17.10 (434.3) With Term. 20.50 (520.7) Without Term. A B 12.62 (320.
PAGE 706
Rotary Disconnects Rotary Disconnects 8.1 Introduction UL/CSA Standards for Disconnect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UL Standards for Electrical Machinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eaton Solutions for UL 508A and NFPA 79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.2 V5-T8-3 V5-T8-5 V5-T8-5 V5-T8-5 V5-T8-5 V5-T8-6 V5-T8-6 V5-T8-9 V5-T8-10 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 R9 Series (UL 98) Non-Fusible 30–100A Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 707
8.1 8 Rotary Disconnects Introduction Contents Rotary Disconnects Description 8 Page Introduction Eaton Solutions for UL 508 and NFPA 79 . . . . . 8 V5-T8-3 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 UL/CSA Standards for Disconnect Switches UL Standards for Electrical Machinery UL 98—Enclosed and Deadfront Switches (CSA C22.2 No. 4) These requirements cover enclosed or deadfront switches, with or without provision for fuses, at 600V or less.
PAGE 708
8.1 Rotary Disconnects Introduction Eaton Solutions for UL 508A and NFPA 79 Operable independent of the position of the door 8 The changes in UL 508A and NFPA® 79 impact the design and construction of your equipment. Important modifications concern major safety issues, the disconnect means and the interlocking of the enclosure door. 8 8 The disconnect shall be operable independent of the door position.
PAGE 709
8.1 8 8 8 8 Rotary Disconnects Introduction The disconnect means shall be able to be locked in the OPEN position independent of the door position. The circuit disconnecting device shall be provided with a permanent means, permitting it to be locked in the OFF position only independent of the door position. When locked, remote as well as local closing shall be prevented. Locked in the open position independent of the door position Note: NFPA 79; Paragraph 5.3.3.1 (3).
PAGE 710
8.2 Rotary Disconnects R5 Series (UL 508) Non-Fusible 16–80A Contents R5 Series Non-Fusible 16–80A Description Page R5 Series Non-Fusible 16–80A Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 711
8.
PAGE 712
Rotary Disconnects R5 Series (UL 508) Non-Fusible 16–80A 8.
PAGE 713
8.
PAGE 714
8.2 Rotary Disconnects R5 Series (UL 508) Non-Fusible 16–80A Technical Data and Specifications 8 8 UL 508 (CSA 22.2 No. 14) Manual Motor Controller “Suitable as Motor Disconnect” from 16–80A Technical Characteristics 16A 25A 30A 40A 60A 80A Approvals Short-circuit rating at 600 Vac (kA) 1 Branch circuit fuse type Maximum fuse rating UL 508/CSA 22.2 No. 14 10/65 J 60/30A UL 508/CSA 22.2 No. 14 10/65 J 60/30A UL 508/CSA 22.2 No. 14 10/65 J 60/30A UL 508/CSA 22.2 No.
PAGE 715
8.2 8 8 8 Rotary Disconnects R5 Series (UL 508) Non-Fusible 16–80A Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) R5 Series 16–80A Toggle Operation Direct Operation with Handle 2.95 (75.0) 3.19 (81.0) 2.87 (73.0) 2.52 (64.0) 8 8 2.52 (64.0) F M F M 8 90 2.68 (68.0) 8 0.35 (8.8) 8 1.97 (50.0) 8 N AC 0.35 (8.8) 0.35 (8.8) F1 M5 T External Front Operation 8 1.45 (37.0) E 8 8 1.97 (50.0) F1 N G Ø2.79 (Ø71.0) AC F1 F1 T 0.35 (8.8) M5 0.23 (6.0) 1.96 (50.
PAGE 716
Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) 8.3 Contents Non-Fusible 30–100A Compact Description Page Non-Fusible 30–100A Compact Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-Fusible 100–1200A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fusible 30–800A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Rated Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 717
8.
PAGE 718
8.
PAGE 719
8.
PAGE 720
Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) 8.3 Technical Data and Specifications 8 UL and CSA Characteristics 8 UL 98/CSA 22.2 No.
PAGE 721
8.3 8 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 8 R9 Series 30–100A Compact 8 Direct Operation 8 8 2.95 (75.0) 2.52 (64.0) 1.02 (26.0) 3.07 (78.0) 1 2 1 2 8 8 7.44 (189.0) 4.91 (124.6) 8 8 26.00 (660.4) 0.35 (8.8) 8 8 2.09 (53.0) 8 8 8 8 0.35 (8.8) 0.24 (6.0) 1.02 1.02 (26.0) (26.0) M5 1.02 (26.0) External Front Operation External Side Operation 3.94 min. 14.65 max. (372.0) (100.0) 8 8 5.17 (131.4) 3.07 (78.0) 1.02 (26.0) 3.19 (81.0) 1.
PAGE 722
Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) 8.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 8 Door Drilling—SH00/SH0 With Fixing Nut 0.12 (3.0) 8 With Four Fixing Screws Ø0.89 (22.5) 1.57 (40.0) 8 0.16 (4.0) Ø0.28 (7.0) 8 8 0.53 (13.5) 8 Ø1.22 (31.0) 1.10 (28.0) 8 8 Operating Handle—SH00/SH0 8 Front and Right Side Operation 8 0º 8 90º 8 I 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—December 2013 www.eaton.
PAGE 723
8.3 8 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Contents Non-Fusible 100–1200A Description 8 Page Non-Fusible 30–100A Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-Fusible 100–1200A Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fusible 30–800A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 724
8.
PAGE 725
8.3 8 Accessories 8 Direct Handle 8 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Direct Handle Description Ampere Rating Handle Color Catalog Number Front operation 100–400 Black DHR9DE 600–1200 Black DHR9FG 8 8 8 PH2 and PH3 Types 8 8 8 PH4 Type Door Interlocked External Handle—Front Operation Description Ampere Rating Switch Frame Handle Type Handle Color NEMA Type Defeatable 1 Catalog Number The door interlocked external handle includes one lockable handle and one escutcheon.
PAGE 726
Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) 8.3 Auxiliary Contacts 1 Ampere Rating (Frame) Description 100–200A, up to two ACs max. 400A, up to two ACs max. 100–400 (D-, E-Frame) 600–1200A, up to four ACs max.
PAGE 727
8.
PAGE 728
8.3 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 8 Front Operation—D- and E-Frames 8 R9 Series Non-Fusible 100–400A 8 M 8 Z U J1 8 Y 8 W R1 CA 8 8 V 8 K AA N 8 AC 8 8 H 8 The switch will operate correctly when rotated clockwise 90 degrees. R2 The switch will not operate correctly when rotated counterclockwise 90 degrees.
PAGE 729
8.3 8 8 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Front Operation—F- and G-Frames R9 Series Non-Fusible 600A 8 H 8 M J Z Ø0.51 (Ø13.0) 8 8 Y N1 X 8 AC N 8 AA 8 The switch will operate correctly when rotated clockwise 90 degrees. 8 8 8 8 8 The switch will not operate correctly when rotated counterclockwise 90 degrees. 3.15 (80.0) 8 F Terminal Screens Switch Body AC F 3P F 4P H J 2P J 4P M 4P Switch Mounting M4P N N1 AA Z 18.11 (460.
PAGE 730
8.3 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 8 Direct Handle—Front Operation R9 Series Non-Fusible 400A R9 Series Non-Fusible 600–1200A 1.57 (40.0) 2.36 (60.0) 1.79 (45.5) 8 8 8 7.48 (190.0) 5.31 (135.0) 8 8 3.35 (85.0) 8 Door Interlocked External Handle PH2 Type Handle Ø3.07 (Ø78.0) PH3 Type Handle 8 PH4 Type Handle 8 Ø3.07 (Ø78.0) Ø78.00 (1981.2) 4.92 (125.0) 8 13.78 (350.0) 8.27 (210.0) 8 8 1.77 (45.0) 2.40 (61.0) 8 2.36 (60.
PAGE 731
8.3 8 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Contents Fusible 30–800A Description 8 Page Non-Fusible 30–100A Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-Fusible 100–1200A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fusible 30–800A Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 732
Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) 8.
PAGE 733
8.
PAGE 734
8.3 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Front and Right Side Operation, continued 8 8 8 Ampere Rating (Frame) (Fuse Class) Shaft Extensions for Pistol Handle Only In (mm) NFPA (Choose one) 79 Kit Number of Poles Switch Body Only 30 Compact (H-Frame) (CC) 3 R4H3030FCC 30 (H-Frame) (CC) 3 + switched neutral R4H3030FCCSN 12.60 (320.0) SF320PH5X5 30 Compact (H-Frame) (J) 3 R4H3030FJ 15.70 (400.
PAGE 735
8.
PAGE 736
8.
PAGE 737
8.3 8 Accessories 8 NFPA 79 Compliant Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) “Flange” Handle for Flange-Operated Switches 8 Description 8 For side-operated switches only. 30–400 (J-, K-, L-, M-Frame) Provides heavy-duty flange style 30–400 (J-, K-, L-, M-Frame) operation. Meets both UL 508A and NFPA 79 requirements. Please order cable or rod link between handle and switch.
PAGE 738
8.3 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Direct Handle 8 Description Ampere Rating (Frame) Fuse Catalog Number Front operation. Black.
PAGE 739
8.3 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) 8 Shaft Extensions for External Handles 8 Ampere Rating (Frame) Handle Type Shaft Length In (mm) Catalog Number 30 (H-Frame) SH0 7.90 (200.0) SF200SH5X5H 30 (H-Frame) SH0 12.60 (320.0) SF320SH5X5H 30 (H-Frame) SH0 15.70 (400.0) SF400SH5X5H 30 (H-Frame) PH1 7.90 (200.0) SF200PH5X5 8 30 (H-Frame) PH1 12.60 (320.0) SF320PH5X5 30 (H-Frame) PH1 15.70 (400.0) SF400PH5X5 8 30–400 (I-, J-, K-, L-, M-Frame) PH2 7.90 (200.
PAGE 740
8.3 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Auxiliary Contacts—NO + NC 1 8 Operating Current Ie (Amperes) Description For the R9 Series Fusible 30–800A, indication of the O and I positions by 1 to 4 NO + NC auxiliary contacts. Electrical principle: Cabling by terminal cage with #16 AWG maximum.
PAGE 741
8.3 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) 8 Line and Load Terminal Lugs 8 Description Ampere Rating (Frame) Connection of bare copper cables 30 (H-, I-Frame) on to the terminals 30 (H-, I-Frame) (no spade lugs).
PAGE 742
8.3 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Technical Data and Specifications 8 UL and CSA Characteristics 8 R9 Series Fusible 30–800A Description 30A 30A 30A 30A 60A 60A 100A H H I J J K K 8 General Use Ratings Switch frame 600 Vac (A) 30 30 30 30 60 60 100 600 Vdc (A) — — — — — — — Short-circuit rating at 600 Vac (kA) 100 100 100 200 100 200 200 Fuse type CC J CC J J J J Maximum fuse rating (A) 30 30 30 30 60 60 100 7.
PAGE 743
8.
PAGE 744
8.3 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 8 Front Operation 8 8 R9 Series Fusible 30A/CC—H-Frame H 8 F Z J J1 8 8 N1 N 8 AA 8 8 8 H1 8 Switch Body Switch Mounting Connection Terminals F H H1 J J1 N N1 AA Z 3.78 (96.0) 3.28 (83.3) 5.19 (131.8) 1.47 (37.3) 0.59 (15.0) 3.13 (79.5) 1.00 (25.4) 4.56 (115.8) 1.12 (28.
PAGE 745
8.3 8 8 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) R9 Series Fusible 30A/CC—I-Frame 1.14 (29.0) H 8 J M 0.41 (10.3) 8 N1 8 4.98 (126.5) AA 8 N 8 8 8 F Z 8 8 6.02 (153.0) 8 8 8 Ampere Rating (Fuse) 30 (CC) Switch Body Switch Mounting Connection Terminals F 3P F 4P H J M N N1 AA Z 4.92 (125.0) 6.06 (154.0) 3.89 (99.0) 1.77 (45.0) 1.14 (29.0) 5.31 (135.0) 2.63 (66.5) 5.87 (149.0) 1.21 (31.
PAGE 746
Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) 8.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 8 R9 Series Fusible 60A/J (200 kA) and 100A/J—K-Frame 5.87 (149.1) 1.41 (35.8) 1.46 (37.1) 1.41 (35.8) 8 4.81 (122.2) 8 8 8 7.32 (185.9) 8 8 6.77 (172.0) 8 5.23 (132.8) 8 8 8 8 8 R9 Series Fusible 200A/J—L-Frame 8 7.72 (196.1) 8 6.61 (167.9) 8 6.18 (157.0) 8 8 11.46 (291.1) 5.28 (134.1) 8 8 7.67 (194.8) 8 6.50 (165.1) 8 8 8 8 1.41 (35.8) 5.11 (129.8) 8 1.96 (49.
PAGE 747
8.3 8 8 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) R9 Series Fusible 400A/J—M-Frame 1.14 (30.0) H 8 0.40 (10.2) M J M10 8 8 8 N1 8 5.00 (127.0) AA 6.53 N (166.0) 8 8 8 8 Z 8 8 8 8 8 M F H1 Switch Body Switch Mounting Connection Terminals F 3P F 4P H H1 J M N N1 AA Z 10.80 (276.0) 13.70 (348.0) 5.56 (141.5) 11.41 (290.0) 0.88 (22.5) 2.84 (72.0) 8.83 (224.0) 4.41 (112.0) 14.31 (363.5) 1.06 (27.
PAGE 748
Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) 8.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 8 30CC (H-Frame) 8 30J (H-Frame) 5.12 (130.0) 4.41 (112.0) 8 8 2.31 (58.7) 8 8 8 30J to 400J 600J and 800L 2.36 (60.0) 1.57 (40.0) 8 1.79 (45.5) 8 8 5.31 (135.0) 7.48 (190.0) 8 8 3.35 (85.0) 8 8 8 Flange Handle 3.50 (88.9) 2.16 (54.9) 0.86 (21.8) 1.06 (26.9) 5.66 (143.8) 6.22 (158.0) Ø0.50 (Ø12.7) 8 Ø0.28 (Ø7.1) 1.55 (39.4) 8 8 4.68 (118.9) 1.00 (25.4) 8 1.00 0.88 (25.4) (22.3) 7.10 (180.3) 2.
PAGE 749
8.3 8 8 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Door Interlocked External Handle PH1 Type Handle 8 PH2 Type Handle Ø3.07 (Ø78.0) PH3 Type Handle Ø3.07 (Ø78.0) Ø3.07 (Ø78.0) 8 8 8 4.92 (125.0) 2.75 (70.0) 1.73 (44.0) 8.27 (210.0) 1.77 (45.0) 8 2.40 (61.0) 8 8 8 Direction of Operation 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 0º 0º 0º 90º 90º 90º I I I Door Drilling Template 1.57 (40.0) Ø1.46 (37.0) 4Ø7 1.57 (40.0) Ø1.46 (37.0) 1.10 (28.0) 1.57 (40.0) 4Ø7 Ø1.46 (37.
PAGE 750
Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) 8.3 Contents DC Rated Disconnects Description Non-Fusible 30–100A Compact . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-Fusible 100–1200A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fusible 30–800A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DC Rated Disconnects Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . .
PAGE 751
8.
PAGE 752
8.
PAGE 753
8.
PAGE 754
Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) 8.
PAGE 755
8.3 8 Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) Dimensions Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 8 R9 Series DC Rated Disconnects 100–400A 8 Front Operation 8 M 8 Y 8 W 8 8 Z U J1 R1 CA V 8 K 8 8 N AA AC 8 8 H 8 8 The switch will operate correctly when rotated clockwise 90 degrees. R2 The switch will not operate correctly when rotated counterclockwise 90 degrees.
PAGE 756
Rotary Disconnects R9 Series (UL 98) 8.3 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 8 Jumpers 100–200A 8 400A 0.49 (12.5) 0.49 (12.5) 1.97 (50.0) 8 81.00 (2057.4) 0.16 (4.0) 8 19.00 (482.6) 0.59 (15.0) 0.47 (12.0) 8 Ø0.43 (Ø11.0) 22.50 (571.5) Terminal Lugs 100–200A 65.00 (1651.0) 8 22.50 (571.5) 8 8 400A 1.00 (25.4) 1.52 (38.6) 8 5.00 (127.0) 8 Ø 0.40 (Ø10.16) Ø 4.70 (Ø119.38) 1.30 (35.0) 0.45 (Ø11.4) 2.80 (71.5) 1.80 (46.0) 8 0.63 (15.9) 8 8 0.44 (11.13) 8 8 1.12 (28.
PAGE 757
8.4 8 Rotary Disconnects Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches Contents Manual Transfer Switches Description 8 Page Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 758
8.
PAGE 759
8.
PAGE 760
8.4 Rotary Disconnects Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches Bridging Bars Description Ampere Rating Number of Bridging Bars Catalog Number Creation of a common point, above or below the switch, between positions I and II.
PAGE 761
8.
PAGE 762
8.4 Rotary Disconnects Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches Dimensions 8 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 8 100 to 200A 8 0.53 (13.5) 6.41 (162.8) 3P 4P Fix 6.30 Fix 8.26 (160.0) (210.0) Ø0.43 Ø(11.0) 5.19 (131.8) 1.53 (38.9) 8 1.18 (30.0) 0.41 (10.4) 0.98 (24.9) 5.51 (140.0) 8 1.37 (34.8) 8 “A” 8 2.67 (67.8) 4.29 (109.0) 5.51 (140.0) 8 5.31 (134.9) 6.30 (160) 8 View “A” 0.29 (7.4) Ø0.35 Ø(9.0) 8 “B” Ø0.27 Ø(6.9) 6.77 (172.0) 8 1.97 (50.0) 8 3P 4P 9.64 11.41 (245.
PAGE 763
8.4 Rotary Disconnects Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches 8 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 8 600A 14.56 (369.8) 8 0.98 (24.9) 9.98 (253.5) 8 1.12 (28.4) 2.61 (66.3) 8 8 3P 4P Fix 10.04 Fix 13.18 (255.0) (335.0) Ø0.41 Ø(10.5) 2.02 (51.3) “A” 9.09 (230.9) 8 0.82 (20.8) 8 4.92 (125.0) 1.96 (49.8) 8 9.84 (249.9) View “A” 13.38 (339.9) 9.09 (230.9) 8 8 8 13.66 (347.0) 3.15 (80.0) 8 4P 3P 15.19 18.34 (386.0) (466.0) 8 8 800 to 1200A 8 Ø0.41 Ø(10.5) 14.56 (369.
PAGE 764
8.4 Rotary Disconnects Manual Transfer/Double Throw Switches Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Terminal Lugs 100–200A 8 400A 1.00 (25.4) 1.52 (38.6) 8 600–1200A 1.49 (37.8) Ø 0.40 (Ø10.16) Ø 4.70 (Ø119.38) 1.30 (35.0) 0.45 (Ø11.4) 8 0.63 (15.9) 2.80 (71.5) 0.40 (Ø10.2) 3.15 (80.0) 0.44 (11.13) 1.80 (46.0) 8 2.87 (72.9) 1.12 (28.4) 8 8 8 8 8 100–200A PH2 Type Direction of Operation I Ø3.07 (Ø78.0) 90 º 0.79 (20.0) 0.79 (20.0) ØD 4.92 (125.0) 0º 8 8 8 4 Ø 0.27 4 Ø 7.0 0.
PAGE 765
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions Effective Date: November 1, 2008 Contents Eaton Terms & Conditions Description Page Terms and Conditions of Sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Terms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 766
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions Effective Date: November 1, 2008 Prices All prices are subject to change without notice. In the event of a price change, the effective date of the change will be the date of the new price or discount sheet, letter or telegram. All quotations made or orders accepted after the effective date will be on the new basis. For existing orders, the price of the unshipped portion of an order will be the price in effect at time of shipment.
PAGE 767
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions Effective Date: November 1, 2008 Freight Warranty Freight policy will be listed on the Product discount sheets, or at option of Seller one of the following freight terms will be quoted. Risk of Loss Risk of loss or damage to the Products shall pass to Buyer at the F.O.B. point. F.O.B.—P/S—Frt./Ppd. and Invoiced Products are sold F.O.B. point of shipment freight prepaid and invoiced to the Buyer. Concealed Damage Except in the event of F.O.B.
PAGE 768
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions Effective Date: November 1, 2008 Extended Warranty for Products If requested by the Buyer and specifically accepted in writing by Seller, the foregoing standard warranty for Products will be extended from the date of shipment for the period and price indicated below: ● ● ● 24 months—2% of Contract Price 30 months—3% of Contract Price 36 months—4% of Contract Price Special Warranty (In and Out) for Products If requested by the Buyer and specifically accepted in writin
PAGE 769
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions Effective Date: November 1, 2008 Returning Products Authorization and shipping instructions for the return of any Products must be obtained from Seller before returning the Products. When return is occasioned due to Seller error, full credit including all transportation charges will be allowed.
PAGE 770
Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index A AA . . . . . . . . . . . . AE16 . . . . . . . . . . AE56 . . . . . . . . . . AGSH . . . . . . . . . AN . . . . . . . . . . . . AN13 . . . . . . . . . . AN16 . . . . . . . . . . AN19 . . . . . . . . . . AN53 . . . . . . . . . . AN56 . . . . . . . . . . AN59 . . . . . . . . . . AN700 . . . . . . . . . A20 . . . . . . . . . . . A202 . . . . . . . . . . A21 . . . . . . . . . . . A25 . . . . . . . . . . . A27 . . . . . . . . . . . A96 . . . . . . . . . . . A97 . . . . . .
PAGE 771
Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index P PKE-SWD . . . . . . PNC . . . . . . . . . . . PNO. . . . . . . . . . . XTPB . . . . . . . . . XTPE . . . . . . . . . XTPEX . . . . . . . . XTPR . . . . . . . . . XTRE . . . . . . . . . XTRM . . . . . . . . . XTSC . . . . . . . . . XTSR . . . . . . . . . XTTR . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-225 V5-T2-113 V5-T2-113 R R56 . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 772
Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index 461A . . . . . . . . . . 477B . . . . . . . . . . 48-1 . . . . . . . . . . . 48-10 . . . . . . . . . . 487B . . . . . . . . . . 503C . . . . . . . . . . 505C . . . . . . . . . . 511H . . . . . . . . . . 5250 . . . . . . . . . . 5264 . . . . . . . . . . 550D . . . . . . . . . . 567D . . . . . . . . . . 578D . . . . . . . . . . 6-26 . . . . . . . . . . . 626B . . . . . . . . . . 6379 . . . . . . . . . . 640C . . . . . . . . . . 6-43 . . . . . . . . . . . 6-44 . . . . . .
PAGE 773
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index A A200 Series Contactors Non-Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-103 Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-104 A200 Series Starters Non-Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-109 Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-110, V5-T2-111 Accessories A202 Magnetically Latched Contactors . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 774
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index Auxiliary Contacts, continued Freedom, NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-25–V5-T2-27 Manual Motor Protectors, IEC . . . . . . . . V5-T1-164, V5-T1-220 Miniature Controls, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-24 Relays and Timers, IEC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-6 Switching Devices, Manual Transfer Switches Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 775
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index Definite Purpose Contactors (Direct Current) 600V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mill Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reversing/Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 776
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index Kits, continued IEC Combination Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-203 NEMA Add-On Power Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-24 Field Modification, A200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-120 Freedom Contactors and Starters . . . . . . V5-T2-21–V5-T2-30 Freedom Three-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-13 Freedom, Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 777
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index Options, continued Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters NEMA Type 1 Enclosed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-57 Power Xpert C445 Motor Management Relay . . . . . V5-T5-128 Overload Relays C440/XT Electronic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-66 C441 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-91 Freedom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 778
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index Right Side External Handles Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98) Fusible 30–800A Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-33 Rod Operator Switching Devices, R9 Series (UL 98) Fusible 30–800A Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-32 Rotary Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-1–V5-T8-59 S Shaft Extension Switching Devices, Manual Transfer Switches Accessories .